Asus CUA User Manual
® CUA Aladdin TNT2 Socket 370 Motherboard USER â S MANUAL
ASUS CUA Userâ s Manual 2 USER'S NOTICE Product Name: ASUS CUA Manual Revision: 1.01 E583 Release Date: July 2000 No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. (âASUSâ). ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EI- THER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED T O THE IMPLIED W AR- RANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P AR TICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUEN- TIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modified or al- tered, unless such repair , modification of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the ownersâ benefit, without intent to infringe. ⢠ALi, Aladdin TNT2, and combinations thereof are trademarks of Acer Laboratories Inc. (ALi) ⢠TNT2 is a trademark of NVIDIA Corporation. ⢠Intel, LANDesk, Pentium, and Celeron are trademarks of Intel Corporation. ⢠Symbios is a registered trademark of Symbios Logic Corporation. ⢠W indows and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. ⢠Adobe and Acrobat are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated. ⢠T rend and ChipA wayV irus are trademarks of T rend Micro, Inc. ⢠Other company and product names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective companies with which they are associated. The product name and revision number are both printed on the product itself. Manual revisions are released for each product design represented by the digit before and after the period of the manual revision number . Manual updates are represented by the third digit in the manual revision number . For previous or updated manuals, BIOS, drivers, or product release information, contact ASUS at http://www .asus.com.tw or through any of the means indicated on the following page. SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITH- OUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURA- CIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFT - W ARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Copyright © 2000 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved.
ASUS CUA Userâ s Manual 3 ASUS CONT ACT INFORMA TION ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. (Asia-Pacific) Marketing Address: 150 Li-T e Road, Peitou, T aipei, T aiwan 1 12 T elephone: 886-2-2894-3447 Fax: 886-2-2894-3449 Email: info@asus.com.tw T echnical Support MB/Others (T el): 886-2-2890-7121 (English) Notebook (T el): 886-2-2890-7122 (English) Desktop/Server (T el): 886-2-2890-7123 (English) Fax: 886-2-2895-9254 Email: tsd@asus.com.tw WWW : www .asus.com.tw FTP: ftp.asus.com.tw/pub/ASUS ASUS COMPUTER INTERNA TIONAL (America) Marketing Address: 6737 Mowry A venue, Mowry Business Center , Building 2 Newark, CA 94560, USA Fax: 1-510-608-4555 Email: tmd1@asus.com T echnical Support Fax: 1-510-608-4555 Email: tsd@asus.com WWW : www .asus.com FTP: ftp.asus.com/Pub/ASUS ASUS COMPUTER GmbH (Europe) Marketing Address: Harkortstr . 25, 40880 Ratingen, BRD, Germany Fax: 49-2102-442066 Email: sales@asuscom.de (for marketing requests only) T echnical Support Hotline: MB/Others: 49-2102-9599-0 Notebook: 49-2102-9599-10 Fax: 49-2102-9599-1 1 Support (Email): www .asuscom.de/de/support (for online support) WWW : www .asuscom.de FTP: ftp.asuscom.de/pub/ASUSCOM
ASUS CUA Userâ s Manual 4 CONTENTS 1. INTRODUCTION 7 1.1 How This Manual Is Or ganized .................................................. 7 1.2 Item Checklist ............................................................................. 7 2. FEA TURES 8 2.1 The ASUS CUA .......................................................................... 8 2.1.1 Specifications ................................................................................ 8 2.1.2 Specifications â Optional Components ..................................... 10 2.1.3 Performance ................................................................................ 10 2.1.4 Intelligence .................................................................................. 1 1 2.2 Motherboard Components ........................................................ 12 2.2.1 Component Locations ................................................................. 13 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 14 3.1 Motherboard Layout ................................................................. 14 3.2 Layout Contents ........................................................................ 15 3.3 Hardware Setup Procedure ....................................................... 17 3.4 Motherboard Settings ................................................................ 17 3.5 System Memory (DIMM) ......................................................... 24 3.5.1 General DIMM Notes ................................................................. 24 3.5.2 DIMM Memory Installation ....................................................... 25 3.6 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................. 26 3.7 Expansion Cards ....................................................................... 27 3.7.1 Expansion Card Installation Procedure ....................................... 27 3.7.2 Assigning IRQs for Expansion Cards ......................................... 27 3.7.3 Audio Modem Riser (AMR) Slot ............................................... 29 3.7.4 TV/LCD Slot ............................................................................... 29 3.8 External Connectors .................................................................. 31 3.9 Starting Up the First T ime ........................................................ 43 4. BIOS SETUP 45 4.1 Managing and Updating Y our BIOS ......................................... 45 4.1.1 Upon First Use of the Computer System .................................... 45 4.1.2 Updating BIOS Procedures ......................................................... 46 4.2 BIOS Setup Program ................................................................ 49 4.2.1 BIOS Menu Bar .......................................................................... 50 4.2.2 Legend Bar .................................................................................. 50 4.3 Main Menu ................................................................................ 52 4.3.1 Primary & Secondary Master/Slave ........................................... 53 4.3.2 Keyboard Features ...................................................................... 56 4.4 Advanced Menu ........................................................................ 58 4.4.1 Chip Configuration ..................................................................... 61 4.4.2 I/O Device Configuration ........................................................... 63 4.4.3 PCI Configuration ....................................................................... 65 4.4.4 Shadow Configuration ................................................................. 67
ASUS CUA Userâ s Manual 5 CONTENTS 4.5 Power Menu .............................................................................. 68 4.5.1 Power Up Control ....................................................................... 70 4.5.2 Hardware Monitor ....................................................................... 72 4.6 Boot Menu ................................................................................ 73 4.7 Exit Menu ................................................................................. 75 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP 77 5.1 Install Operating System ........................................................... 77 5.2 Start W indows ........................................................................... 77 5.3 CUA Series Motherboard Support CD ..................................... 78 5.4 AGP Miniport Driver ................................................................ 79 5.5 ASUS Display Driver ............................................................... 80 5.6 ALi Audio Accelerator Driver .................................................. 81 5.7 AMR Modem Driver ................................................................ 82 5.8 ASUS PC Probe Vx.xx ............................................................. 83 5.9 ASUS Update Vx.xx ................................................................. 84 5.10 Y AMAHA Soft Synthesizer S-YXG50 ..................................... 85 5.1 1 PC-Cillin 98 Vx.xx ................................................................... 86 5.12 ADOBE Acrobat Reader Vx.xx ................................................ 87 5.13 Cyberlink V ideo and Audio Applications ................................. 88 5.14 Uninstalling Programs .............................................................. 90 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 91 6.1 ASUS PC Probe ........................................................................ 91 6.2 Y AMAHA SoftSynthesizer S-YXG50 ...................................... 96 6.3 ASUS LiveUpdate .................................................................... 99 6.4 CyberLink PowerPlayer SE .................................................... 101 6.5 CyberLink PowerDVD ........................................................... 102 6.6 CyberLink V ideoLive Mail ..................................................... 103 6.7 ASUS Control Panel ............................................................... 105 6.7.1 Refresh Rate .............................................................................. 105 6.7.2 More Resolution ....................................................................... 106 6.7.3 Information ............................................................................... 106 6.7.4 Color ......................................................................................... 107 6.7.5 Display ...................................................................................... 1 10 6.7.6 Advanced .................................................................................. 1 13 7. APPENDIX 125 7.1 PCI-L101 Fast Ethernet Card ................................................. 125 7.2 Modem Riser ........................................................................... 127 7.3 ASUS CIDB ............................................................................ 129 7.4 Glossary .................................................................................. 131
ASUS CUA Userâ s Manual 6 FCC & DOC COMPLIANCE Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installa- tion. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency ener gy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However , there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer - ence by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Re-orient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver . ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit dif ferent from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. W ARNING! Any changes or modifications to this product not expressly ap- proved by the manufacturer could void any assurances of safety or performance and could result in violation of Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Reprinted from the Code of Federal Regulations #47, part 15.193, 1993. W ashington DC: Of fice of the Federal Register , National Archives and Records Administration, U.S. Government Printing Of fice. Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil numérique de la classe B est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 7 1.1 How This Manual Is Organized This manual is divided into the following sections: 1. INTRODUCTION Manual information and checklist 2. FEA TURES Production information and specifications 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Intructions on setting up the motherboard. 4. BIOS SETUP Intructions on setting up the BIOS 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP Intructions on setting up the included software 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE Reference material for the included software 7. APPENDIX Optional items and general reference 1.2 Item Checklist Check that your package is complete. If you discover damaged or missing items, contact your retailer . 1. INTRODUCTION 1. INTRODUCTION Manual / Checklist Package Contents (1) ASUS Motherboard (1) 40-pin 80-conductor ribbon cable for internal UltraDMA/ 66 or UltraDMA/33 IDE drives (1) Ribbon cable for one 5.25 â and two 3.5 â floppy disk drives (1) ASUS 2-port USB Connector Set (1) 9-pin COM2 cable (1) Bag of spare jumper caps (1) ASUS Support CD with drivers and utilities (1) This Motherboard User â s Manual Optional Items ASUS CIDB chassis intrusion de- tection module ASUS IrDA-compliant infrared module ASUS PCI-L101 W ake-On-LAN 10/100 Ethernet Card
8 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 2.1 The ASUS CUA The ASUS CUA motherboard is carefully designed for the demanding PC user who wants advanced features processed by the fastest processors. 2.1.1 Specifications ⢠Latest Processor Support Intel Pentium ® III 133MHz FSB Coppermine core FC-PGA Intel Pentium ® III 100MHz FSB Coppermine core FC-PGA Intel Celeron ⢠66MHz FSB Mendocino core FC-PGA Intel Celeron ⢠66MHz FSB Mendocino core PPGA ⢠North Bridge System Chipset: Features the ALi M1631 ⢠system controller; 133/100/66MHz Front Side Bus (FSB); and 133MHz memory bus. ⢠South Bridge System Chipset: ALi M1535D⢠PCIset with PCI Super I/O inte- grated peripheral controller supports UltraDMA/66, which allows burst mode data transfer rates of up to 66.6MB/sec; AC97 audio; and four USB ports. ⢠PC133 SDRAM / VC133 VCM Suppor t: Equipped with three Dual Inline Memory Module (DIMM) sockets to support Intel PC133/PC100-compliant (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, or 512 MB) or NEC â s VC133-compliant V irtual Channel (VC) SDRAM up to 1. 5GB. VC SDRAM is a new DRAM core architecture that dramatically improves the memory system â s ability to service, among others, high multimedia requirements. ⢠Integrated VGA: Integrated NVIDIA ® RIV A TNT2 ⢠3D/2D graphics engine supports Digital Flat Panel up to 1280x1024 resolution, NTSC/P AL TV output. Memory configuration [either Frame Buf fer or Shared Memory Architecture (SMA) mode] options: 32MB (4MB ⢠16 ⢠4) or 8MB (1MB ⢠16 ⢠4) SDRAM or 0MB. ⢠LCD/TV Output: The LCD/TV interface can support an optional LCD/TV -out module for LCD/TV output. ⢠JumperFree⢠Mode: Allows processor settings and easy overclocking of fre- quency and Vcore voltage all through BIOS setup when JumperFree ⢠mode is enabled. Easy-to-use DIP switches instead of jumpers are included to allow manual adjustment of the processor â s external frequency . ⢠Multi-Cache: Supports processors with 512, 256, 128, or 0KB Pipelined Burst Level 2 cache. ⢠UltraDMA/66 Support: Comes with an onboard PCI Bus Master IDE control- ler with two connectors that support four IDE devices on two channels. Sup- ports UltraDMA/66, UltraDMA/33, PIO Modes 3 & 4 and Bus Master IDE DMA Mode 2, and Enhanced IDE devices, such as DVD-ROM, CD-ROM, CD- R/R W , LS-120, and T ape Backup drives. 2. FEA TURES Specifications 2. FEA TURES
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 9 2. FEA TURES 2. FEA TURES Specifications ⢠SMBus: Features the System Management Bus interface, which is used to physi- cally transport commands and information between SMBus devices. ⢠W ake-On-LAN Connector: Supports W ake-On-LAN activity through an op- tional ASUS PCI-L101 10/100 Fast Ethernet PCI card (see 7. Appendix). ⢠W ake-On-Ring Connector: Supports W ake-On-Ring activity through a PCI modem card that supports a WOR connector . ⢠PC Health Monitoring: Provides an easy way to examine and manage system status information, such as CPU and systerm voltages, temperatures, and fan status through the onboard hardware ASUS ASIC and the bundled ASUS PC Probe. ⢠PCI/AMR Expansion Slots: Provides six 32-bit PCI (Rev . 2.2) expansion slots, which can support Bus Master PCI cards, such as SCSI or LAN cards (PCI supports up to 133MB/s maximum throughput) and one Audio Modem Riser (AMR) slot, which supports a very affordable audio and/or modem riser card. ⢠Super Multi-I/O: Provides two high-speed UAR T compatible serial ports and one parallel port with EPP and ECP capabilities. UAR T2 can also be directed from COM2 to the Infrared Module for wireless connections. ⢠Enhanced ACPI & Anti-Boot V irus Protection: Programmable BIOS (Flash EEPROM), offering enhanced ACPI for W indows 98 compatibility , built-in firm- ware-based virus protection, and autodetection of most devices for virtually au- tomatic setup. ⢠IrDA: Supports an optional infrared port module for wireless interface. ⢠Concurr ent PCI: Concurrent PCI allows multiple PCI transfers from PCI mas- ter busses to the memory and processor . ⢠Smart BIOS: 2Mb (4Mb option) firmware provides Vcore and CPU/SDRAM frequency adjustments, boot block write protection, and HD/SCSI/MO/ZIP/CD/ Floppy boot selection. Power supply is autodetected to enable/disable suspend- to-RAM and KB/PS/2 mouse power up, eliminating the need to make jumper adjustments. ⢠Desktop Management Interface (DMI): Supports DMI through BIOS, which allows hardware to communicate within a standard protocol creating a higher level of compatibility . (Requires DMI-enabled components.) ⢠Onboard LED: The onboard LED will light up when there is standby power to the motherboard. This acts as a reminder to the user to turn OFF the power before plugging and unplugging devices so as not to damage the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. ⢠Symbios SCSI BIOS: Supports optional ASUS SCSI controller cards through the onboard SYMBIOS firmware.
10 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 2. FEA TURES Performance 2. FEA TURES 2.1.2 Specifications â Optional Components The following onboard components are optional at the time of purchase: ⢠Onboard Audio: AC97 V2.1 compliant Audio Codec with 3D sound circuitry and sample rate conversion from 7kHz to 48kHz. 2.1.3 Performance ⢠Concurrent PCI: Concurrent PCI allows multiple PCI transfers from PCI mas- ter busses to the memory and processor . ⢠High-Speed Data T ransfer Interface: IDE transfers using UltraDMA/33 Bus Master IDE can handle rates up to 33MB/s. This motherboard with its chipset and support for UltraDMA/66 doubles the UltraDMA/33 burst transfer rate to 66.6MB/s. UltraDMA/66 is backward compatible with both DMA/33 and DMA and with existing DMA devices and systems so there is no need to upgrade current EIDE/IDE drives and host systems. (UltraDMA/66 requires a 40-pin 80-conductor cable to be enabled and/or for UltraDMA Mode 4.) ⢠VCM/SDRAM Optimized Performance: This motherboard supports a new gen- eration memory , NEC â s 64Mb V irtual Channel Memory (VCM) Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory (SDRAM) , which is compatible to the indus- try standard SDRAM. The VCM â s core design provides up to 50% higher SDRAM speed at reduced power consumption of about 30%. This motherboard also supports standard SDRAM, which increases the data transfer rate (1.064GB/s max using PC133-compliant SDRAMs and 800MB/s max using PC100-compli- ant SDRAMs) . ⢠New Compliancy: Both the BIOS and hardware levels of ASUS smart series motherboards meet PC â99 compliancy . The new PC â99 require- ments for systems and components are based on the following high-level goals: Support for Plug and Play compatibility and power management for configuring and managing all system components, and 32-bit device drivers and installation procedures for W indows 95/98/NT . Color -coded connectors and descriptive icons make identification easy as required by PC â99. ⢠ACPI Ready: A dvanced C onfiguration P ower I nterface (ACPI) provides more Ener gy Saving Features for operating systems that support OS Direct Power Management (OSPM) functionality . W ith these features implemented in the OS, PCs can be ready around the clock, yet satisfy all the ener gy saving standards. T o fully utilize the benefits of ACPI, an ACPI-supported OS, such as W indows 98 must be used.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 11 2. FEA TURES 2. FEA TURES Intelligence 2.1.4 Intelligence ⢠Auto Fan Off: The system fans will power of f automatically even in sleep mode . This function reduces both ener gy consumption and system noise, and is an important feature in implementing silent PC systems. ⢠Dual Function Power Button: Pushing the power button for less than 4 sec- onds when the system is in the working state places the system into one of two states: sleep mode or soft-off mode, depending on the BIOS or OS setting (see PWR Button < 4 Secs in 4.5 Power Menu). When the power button is pressed for more than 4 seconds, the system enters the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. ⢠Fan Status Monitoring and Alarm: T o prevent system overheat and system damage, the CPU, power supply , and system fans can be monitored for RPM and failure. All fans are set for its normal RPM range and alarm thresholds. ⢠PS/2 Keyboard/Mouse Power Up: Keyboard/Mouse Power Up can be enabled or disabled to allow the computer to be powered on by either pressing the space bar , Ctrl-Esc, or Power keys (see 4.5.1 Power Up Contr ol ). ⢠Message LED (requir es ACPI OS support): T urbo LEDs now act as informa- tion providers. Through the way a particular LED illuminates, the user can de- termine if there are messages waiting in the mailbox. A simple glimpse provides useful information to the user . ⢠Remote Ring On (r equires modem): This allows a computer to be turned on remotely through an internal or external modem. W ith this benefit on-hand, users can access vital information from their computers from anywhere in the world! ⢠System Resources Alert: T oday â s operating systems such as W indows 95/98/ NT and OS/2, require much more memory and hard drive space to present enor- mous user interfaces and run lar ge applications. The system resource monitor will warn the user before the system resources are used up to prevent possible application crashes. Suggestions will give the user information on managing their limited resources more efficiently . ⢠T emperatur e Monitoring and Alert: T o prevent system overheat and system dam- age, this motherboard supports processor thermal sensing and auto-protection. ⢠V oltage Monitoring and Alert: System voltage levels are monitored to ensure stable voltage to critical motherboard components. V oltage specifications are more critical for future processors, so monitoring is necessary to ensure proper system configuration and management. ⢠Chassis Intrusion Detection: Supports chassis-intrusion monitoring through the ASUS ASIC. A chassis intrusion event is kept in memory on battery power for more protection.
12 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 2. FEA TURES 2. FEA TURES Motherboard Parts 2.2 Motherboard Components See opposite page for locations. Location Processor Support Socket 370 for Celeron/Coppermine Processors ...................... 1 Feature Setting DIP Switches ................................................... 5 Chipsets/Chips North Bridge: ALi M1631 ⢠(Aladdin TNT2) (System Controller) .................................................................. 2 South Bridge/Super I/O: ALi M1535D ⢠(PCI-to-ISA Bridge) ............................................................... 11 2Mb Programmable Flash EEPROM ..................................... 10 Main Memory Maximum 1.5GB support 3 DIMM Sockets ...................................................................... 6 VC133/PC133 SDRAM support Expansion Slots 6 PCI Slots .............................................................................. 18 1 TV/LCD Slot ....................................................................... 20 1 AMR Slot ............................................................................ 17 System I/O 2 IDE Connectors (UltraDMA33/66 Support) ......................... 7 1 Floppy Disk Driver Connector .............................................. 8 1 USB Header ........................................................................... 9 1 Parallel Port Connector ............................................. (T op) 24 1 Serial COM1 Connector ...................................... (Bottom) 25 1 Serial COM2 Connector ...................................................... 15 USB Connectors (Port 0 & Port 1) ......................................... 26 1 PS/2 Mouse Connector .............................................. (T op) 27 1 PS/2 Keyboard Connector ................................... (Bottom) 27 3D Graphics 8/32MB VGA Frame Buffer (optional) .................................... 3 1 VGA Monitor Output Connector ......................... (Bottom) 23 1 Feature (VMI) Connector ................................................... 21 Audio AC â 97 V2.1 Audio Codec (optional) ...................................... 21 1 Line Out Connector (on audio model only) ........ (Bottom) 22 1 Line In Connector (on audio model only) ........... (Bottom) 22 1 Microphone Connector (on audio model only) ... (Bottom) 22 Network Features W ake-On-LAN Connector ...................................................... 16 W ake-On-Ring ........................................................................ 13 Others ASUS ASIC ............................................................................ 12 Onboard LED ......................................................................... 14 3 Fan Power and Speed Monitoring Connectors Power A TX Power Supply Connector ................................................. 4 Form Factor A TX, 305mm x 213mm (12 â x 8.4 â )
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 13 2. FEA TURES 2. FEA TURES Motherboard Parts 2.2.1 Component Locations 23 21 19 16 20 24 34 22 11 1 17 2 7 15 6 10 14 9 12 18 8 5 13 26 25 26 27
14 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3.1 Motherboard Layout Motherboard Layout 3. H/W SETUP Grayed components are optional at the time of purchase COM2 P ARALLEL PORT VGA PS/2KBMS T: Mouse B: Keyboard WOR WOL GAME_AUDIO Mic In Line Out Line In PCI1 PCI2 PCI3 P ANEL IDELED FLOPPY SECONDARY IDE PRIMARY IDE A TX Power Connector ALi M1535D South Bridge CUA CPU_ FA N Row VIDEO CD1 AUX IC_ PWR_ FA N LED1 IR_CON VIO ASUS ASIC with Hardware Monitor CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power DIMM1 (64/72 bit, 168-pin module) 1 0 DIMM2 (64/72 bit, 168-pin module) 3 2 DIMM3 (64/72 bit, 168-pin module) 5 4 21.3 cm (8.38 in) 30.5 cm (12.0 in) Clear RTC (R242) JTPWR Audio Modem Riser (AMR) JEN Socket 370 CHASSIS RT1 ALi ALADDiN TNT2 TV_LCD PCI4 PCI5 PCI6 USBPORT FLASH EEPROM (Programable BIOS) USBPWR CHA_F AN 2MB SDRAM 2MB SDRAM 2MB SDRAM 2MB SDRAM DIP Switches (DSW1) JTCPU VMI LANEN LANPWR AUDIOEN COM2 Audio Codec Setting Bottom: USB1 USB 2 SPDIFOUT SMB BS133 ®
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 15 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Layout Contents 3. H/W SETUP 3.2 Layout Contents Motherboard Settings 1) JEN p . 18 JumperFree Mode Setting (Disable/Enable) 2) AUDIOCODEC p . 19 Onboard Audio Setting 3) USBPWR p. 20 USB Device W ake Up ( 5VSB/ 5V) 4) VIO p . 21 V oltage I/O Setting (Normal/Reserved) 5) BS133 p. 21 BUS Selection 6) DSW1 1 â 4 p . 22 CPU External Frequency Selection 7) DSW1 5-8 p . 23 CPU Core:BUS Frequency Multiple Selection 8) CLR TC p . 57 JumperFree Mode Setting (Disable/Enable) Expansion Slots/Sockets 1) System Memory p . 24 System Memory Support 2) DIMM1/2/3 p.25 DIMM Memory Module Support 3) Socket 370 p. 26 C PU Support 4) PCI1/2/3/4/5/6 p. 27 32-bit PCI Bus Expansion Slots 5) AMR p .29 Audio Modem Riser Slot 6) TV_LCD p .29 TV/LCD Slot Connectors 1) PS2KBMS p . 31 PS/2 Mouse Port C onnector (6 pin- f emale) 2) PS2KBMS p . 31 PS/2 Keyboard Port C onnector (6- pin f emale) 3) USB p.32 Universal Serial Bu s Connectors 1 & 2 (T wo 4-pin female) 4) PRINTER p .32 Parallel Port Connector (25-pin f emale) 5) VGA p .32 Monitor Output Connector (15-pin fe male) 6) COM1/COM2 p. 33 Serial Port C onnectors (9-pin /10-1 pin male) 7) GAME_AUDIO p.33 Audio Port Connectors (Three 1/8 â female) (optional) 8) GAME_AUDIO p.34 Game/MIDI Connector (15-pin female) (optional) 9) PRIMAR Y I D E p. 34 IDE C onnectors (T wo 40-1 pins) SECONDAR Y IDE 10) FLOPPY p. 35 Floppy Disk Drive Port C onnector (34 pins ) 1 1) VMI p . 35 Feature (VMI) C onnector (26 pins ) 12) IR p. 36 Infrared Module Connector (5 pins) 13) A TXPWR p. 36 A TX Power Supply Connector (20 pins) 1 4 ) IC_PWR_, CPU_,CHA_F AN p . 3 7 IC, CPU, Chassis Fan Connectors (3 pins) 15) CHASSIS p. 37 Chassis Intrusion Lead (4-1 pins) 16) SMB p. 38 SMBus Connector (5-1 pins) 17) USB2 p. 38 USB Header (10-1 pins) 18) WOL_CON p. 39 W ake-On-LAN Connector (3 pins) 19) WOR p. 39 W ake-On-Ring Connector (2 pins)
16 ASUS CUA User âs Manual 20) CD_IN, AUX, VIDEO p. 40 Internal Audio Connectors (4 4-pin) 21) IDELED p. 41 IDE Activity LED (2 pins) 22) PWR.LED ( P ANEL ) p. 42 System Power LED Lead (3 pins) 23) KEYLOCK (P ANEL) p. 42 Keyboard Lock SwitchLead (2 pins) 24) SPEAKER (P ANEL) p . 42 System W arning Speaker Connector (4 pins) 25) MSG.LED (P ANEL) p . 42 System Message LED (2 pins) 26) SMI (P ANEL) p. 42 System Management Interrupt Lead (2 pins) 27) PWR.SW (P ANEL) p. 42 A TX / Soft-Off Switch Lead (2 pins) 28) RESET (P ANEL) p . 42 Reset Switch Lead (2 pins) 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Layout Contents 3. H/W SETUP
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 17 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Motherboard Settings 3. H/W SETUP 3.3 Hardware Setup Procedure Before using your computer , you must complete the following steps: ⢠Check Motherboard Settings ⢠Install Memory Modules ⢠Install the Central Processing Unit (CPU) ⢠Install Expansion Cards ⢠Connect Ribbon Cables, Panel W ires, and Power Supply 3.4 Motherboard Settings This section explains in detail how to change your motherboard â s function settings through the use of switches and/or jumpers. W ARNING! Computer motherboards and expansion cards contain very delicate Inte- grated Circuit (IC) chips. T o protect them against damage from static electricity , you should follow some precautions whenever you work on your computer . 1. Unplug your computer when working on the inside. 2. Use a grounded wrist strap before handling computer components. If you do not have one, touch both of your hands to a safely grounded object or to a metal object, such as the power supply case. 3. Hold components by the edges and try not to touch the IC chips, leads or connec- tors, or other components. 4. Place components on a grounded antistatic pad or on the bag that came with the component whenever the components are separated from the system. 5. Ensure that the A TX power supply is switched of f before you plug in or remove the A TX power connector on the motherboard. CUA Onboard LED CUA ® ON OFF Standby Power P owered Off PLED2 W ARNING! Make sure that you unplug your power supply when adding or remov- ing system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to your mother- board, peripherals, and/or components. The onboard LED when it lits acts as a re- minder that the system is in suspend or soft-of f mode and not powered OFF .
18 ASUS CUA User âs Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Motherboard Settings 3. H/W SETUP 1) JumperFree ⢠Mode (JEN) This jumper allows you to enable or disable the JumperFree ⢠mode. The JumperFree ⢠mode allows processor settings to be made through the BIOS setup (see Advanced Menu, BIOS). IMPORT ANT : In JumperFree ⢠mode, all DIP switches (DSW) must be set to OFF . Setting JEN Enable (JumperFree) [2-3] (default) Disable (Jumper) [1-2] CUA JumperFree⢠Mode Setting CUA ® JEN JumperFree (Default) Jumper 2 3 12 OFF DSW1 ON 123 45 67 8 Motherboard Featur e Settings (DSW) Besides jumper settings, some of the motherboard â s onboard functions are adjusted through the DIP switches. The white block represents the switch â s position. The example below shows all the switches in the OFF position. CUA DIP Switches CUA ® 1: Frequency Selection 2: Frequency Selection 3: Frequency Selection 4: Frequency Selection 5: Frequency Multiple 6: Frequency Multiple 7: Frequency Multiple 8: Frequency Multiple OFF DSW1 ON 123 45 67 8
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 19 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Motherboard Settings 3. H/W SETUP 2) Onboard Audio Setting (available on audio model only) The onboard audio CODEC may be enabled or disabled using all of these jump- ers. Disable the onboard audio CODEC if you are using an PCI audio card on any of the expansion slots or a primary AMR on the AMR slot (see AMR Slot later in this section). If using an PCI audio expansion card, Onboard AC â 97 Audio Con- troller in Peripheral Setup (BIOS) must also be disabled. Setting AUDIO CODEC Disable [1-2] [1-2] [1-2] [1-2] Enable [2-3] [2-3] [2-3] [2-3] (default) CUA Audio Codec Setting Disable Enable (Default) 1 2 2 3 CUA ® SPK ADN# AUD_EN1 AUD_EN2 SPK ADN# AUD_EN1 AUD_EN2
20 ASUS CUA User âs Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Motherboard Settings 3. H/W SETUP 3) USB Device W ake Up (USBPWR) Thi s allows you to disable or enable the USB device wake up function. Set thi s jumper to 5VSB if you wish to use your USB devices to wake up your computer . This feature requires an A TX power supply that can supply at least 2A on the 5VSB lead. The default is set to 5V because not all computers have the appropriate A TX power supply . Y our computer will not power ON if you set this to 5VSB and do not have the appropriate A TX power supply . NOTE: This jumper must be set in con- junction with W ake On USB for STR State in Power Up Control (BIOS) . NOTES 1. For suspend to RAM function, these jumpers must be set to Enable . 2. The total current consumed must NOT exceed the power supply capability ( 5VSB) whether under normal working conditions or in the sleep mode. Setting USBPWR 5VSB [1-2] (default) 5V [2-3] CUA USB Power Source USBPWR CUA ® 5VSB (Default) 1 2 5V 2 3
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 21 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Motherboard Settings 3. H/W SETUP CUA ® CUA Input/Output V oltage Setting Normal (Default) Reserved 12 2 3 VIO 4) V oltage I/O Setting (VIO) This jumper allows you to select the voltage supplied to the DRAM, chipset, AGP , and PCI, among others. The default voltage is set at Normal . Setting VIO Normal [1-2] (default) Reserved [2-3] W ARNING! Using a higher voltage may help when overclocking but may result in the shortening of your computer component â s life. It is strongly recommended that you leave this settting on its default. 5) BUS Selection (BS133) This jumper allows you to enable support for the VIA Cyrix ® III (133MHz FSB) processor . The default is set at Normal for Intel and VIA Cyrix III (100/ 66MHz FSB) processors. For VIA Cyrix III (133MHz FSB) processors, set the BS133 jumper to [2-3]. Setting BS133 Normal [1-2] (default) [Intel and VIA Cyrix III (100/66MHz FSB)] Reserved [2-3] [VIA Cyrix III (133MHz FSB)] CUA Bus Selection Normal (Default) BS133 1 2 2 3 CUA ®
22 ASUS CUA User âs Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Motherboard Settings 3. H/W SETUP W ARNING! Premature wearing of the processor may result when overclocking. Be sure that the DIMM you use can handle the specified SDRAM MHz or else bootup will not be possible. CUA CPU External Clock (BUS) Frequency Selection CPU â CPU â CPU â CPU â (JumperFree Mode) CUA ® PCI â PCI â 36.6MHz PCI â PCI â 66MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 33MHz 75MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 37.5MHz 80MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 40MHz 83MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 41.6MHz 68MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 34MHz 100MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 33MHz 103MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 34.3MHz 105MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 35MHz 1 10MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 1 12MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 37.3MHz 1 15MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 38.3MHz 120MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 40MHz 124MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 31MHz 133MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 33MHz 140MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 35MHz 150MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 37.5MHz NOTE: If your processor does not have a locked Frequency Multiple, you must use CPU Core:Bus Fr eq. Multiple in 4.4 Advanced Menu (BIOS) to set the Frequency Multiple. If the Frequency Multiple is locked, setting the Frequency Multiple in BIOS setup will have no ef fect. 6) CPU External Frequency Setting (DSW1 Switches 1 â 4) This option tells the clock generator what frequency to send to the CPU, SDRAM, PCI, and the chipset. This allows the selection of the CPU â s External frequency . The CPU External Frequency multiplied by the Frequency Multiple equals the CPU â s Internal frequency (the advertised CPU speed). IMPORT ANT : 1. In JumperFree mode, all dip switches must be set to OFF . 2. When JumperFree mode is enabled, use BIOS setup in place of these switches (set CPU Speed in Advanced Menu in BIOS Setup).
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 23 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Motherboard Settings 7) CPU Cor e:BUS Frequency Multiple (DSW1 Switches 5 â 8) This option sets the frequency multiple between the Internal frequency of the CPU and the CPU â s External frequency . These must be set in conjunction with the CPU Bus Fr equency . CUA CPU BUS Frequency Multiple CUA ® 2.0x2(2/1) ON 123 4 5 67 8 3.0x(3/1) ON 123 4 5 67 8 4.0x(4/1) ON 123 4 5 67 8 5.0x(5/1) ON 123 4 5 67 8 2.5x(5/2) ON 123 4 5 67 8 3.5x(7/2) ON 123 4 5 67 8 4.5x(9/2) ON 123 4 5 67 8 5.5x(1 1/2) ON 123 4 5 67 8 6.0x(6/1) ON 123 4 5 67 8 7.0x(7/1) ON 123 4 5 67 8 8.0x(8/1) ON 123 4 5 67 8 6.5x(13/2) ON 123 4 5 67 8 7.5x(15/2) ON 123 4 5 67 8 1.5x(3/2) ON 123 4 5 67 8 2.0x(2/1) ON 123 4 5 67 8 Manual CPU Settings ( NOTE: JumperFree mode must be disabled ) Set the DIP switches b y the Internal speed of your processor a s follows: (CPU BUS Freq.) (Freq. Multiple) Intel CPU Model Freq. Mult. Bus F . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Pentium III 933MHz 7.0x 133MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF][OFF] [ON] [OFF] [ON] [OFF] Pentium III 866MHz 6.5x 133MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF][OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF] Pentium III 800MHz 6.0x 133MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF][OFF] [ON] [ON] [ON] [OFF] Pentium III 733MHz 5.5x 133MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF][OFF] [OFF][OFF] [OFF] [ON] Pentium III 667MHz 5.0x 133MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [OFF] [ON] [OFF] [OFF] [ON] Pentium III 600MHz 4.5x 133MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [OFF] [ON] Pentium III 533MHz 4.0x 133MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF][OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF] [ON] Pentium III 800MHz 8.0x 100MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [ON] [ON] [OFF][OFF] Pentium III 750MHz 7.5x 100MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [OFF] Pentium III 700MHz 7.0x 100MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF] [ON] [OFF] Pentium III 650MHz 6.5x 100MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF] Pentium III 600MHz 6.0x 100MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [ON] [ON] [ON] [OFF] Pentium III 550MHz 5.5x 100MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [OFF][OFF][OFF] [ON] Pentium III 500MHz 5.0x 100MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF] [OFF] [ON] Pentium III 450MHz 4.5x 100MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [OFF] [ON] [OFF] [ON] Celeron 533MHz 8.0x 66MHz [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [ON] [ON] [OFF][OFF] Celeron 500MHz 7.5x 66MHz [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [OFF] Celeron 466MHz 7.0x 66MHz [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [ON] [OFF] [ON] [OFF] Celeron 433MHz 6.5x 66MHz [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF] Celeron 400MHz 6.0x 66MHz [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [ON] [ON] [ON] [OFF] Celeron 366MHz 5.5x 66MHz [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF][OFF][OFF] [ON] Celeron 333MHz 5.0x 66MHz [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [ON] [OFF][OFF] [ON] Celeron 300MHz 4.5x 66MHz [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF] [ON] [OFF] [ON] Celeron 266MHz 4.0x 66MHz [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [ON] [ON] [OFF] [ON] For updated pr ocessor settings, please visit ASUS â web site (see ASUS CONT ACT INFORMA TION).
24 ASUS CUA User âs Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3.5 System Memory (DIMM) NOTE: No hardware or BIOS setup is required after adding or removing memory . This motherboard uses only Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMMs). Sockets are available for 3.3V olt (power level) unbuffered Synchronous Dynamic Random Ac- cess Memory (SDRAM) of 16, 32, 64, 128MB, 256 or 512 MB. to form a memory size between 16MB and 1.5GB. One side (with memory chips) of the DIMM takes up one row on the motherboard. This motherboard also supports NEC â s V irtual Channel (VC) SDRAMs. T o use the chipset â s Error Checking and Correction (ECC) feature, you must use a DIMM with 9 chips per side (standard 8 chips/side 1 ECC chip). Memory speed setup is recommended through Configure SDRAM Timing by SPD (see Advanced Chipset Setup , BIOS). Install memory in any combination as follows: IMPORT ANT ⢠For optimum signal integrity , inserting the DIMMs in the following order is recommended: DIMM1, DIMM2, DIMM3. ⢠SDRAMs used must be compatible with the current PC133/PC100/VC133/ VC100 SDRAM specification. ⢠DO NOT attempt to mix SDRAMs with VCM SDRAMs. Location 168-pin DIMM T otal Memory DIMM1 (Rows 0&1) SDRAM 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512MB x1 DIMM2 (Rows 2&3) SDRAM 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512MB x1 DIMM3 (Rows 4&5) SDRAM 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512MB x1 T otal System Memory (Max 1.5GB ) = 3.5.1 General DIMM Notes ⢠For the system CPU bus to operate at 133MHz, use only PC133/VC133-com- pliant DIMMs. When this motherboard operates at 133MHz, most system will not even boot if non-compliant modules are used because of the strict timing is- sues involved under this speed. If your DIMMs are not PC133/VC133-compliant, set the CPU bus frequency to 100MHz RAM to ensure system stability . ⢠This motherboard supports SPD (Serial Presence Detect) DIMMs. This is the memory of choice for best performance vs. stability . ⢠This motherboard does NOT support registered memory . ⢠BIOS shows SDRAM memory on bootup screen. ⢠Single-sided DIMMs come in 16, 32, 64,128, 256MB; double-sided come in 32, 64, 128, 256, 512MB. System Memory 3. H/W SETUP
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 25 3. HARDW ARE SETUP System Memory 3. H/W SETUP 3.5.2 DIMM Memory Installation Insert the module(s) as shown. Because the number of pins are dif ferent on either side of the breaks, the module will only fit in the orientation shown. DIMM mod- ules are longer and have dif ferent pin contact on each side and therefore have a higher pin density . SIMM modules have the same pin contact on both sides. CUA 168-Pin DIMM Sockets Lock 20 Pins 60 Pins 88 Pins CUA ® The DIMMs must be 3.3V Unbuffered for this motherboard. T o determine the DIMM type, check the notches on the DIMMs (see figure below). 168-Pin DIMM Notch Key Definitions (3.3V) DRAM Key Position V oltage Key Position Unbuffered RFU Buffered Reserved 3.3V 5.0V The notches on the DIMM module will shift between left, center , or right to identify the type and also to prevent the wrong type from being inserted into the DIMM slot on the motherboard. Y ou must ask your retailer the correct DIMM type before pur- chasing. This motherboard supports four clock signals.
26 ASUS CUA User âs Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP CPU 3.6 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard provides a ZIF Socket 370. The CPU that came with the mother - board should have a fan attached to it to prevent overheating. If this is not the case, then purchase a fan before you turn on your system. W ARNING! Be sure that there is suf ficient air circulation across the processor â s heatsink by regularly checking that your CPU fan is working. W ithout suf ficient circulation, the processor could overheat and damage both the processor and the motherboard. Y ou may install an auxiliary fan, if necessary . T o install a CPU, first turn of f your system and remove its cover . Locate the ZIF socket and open it by first pulling the lever sideways away from the socket then upwards to a 90-degree angle. Insert the CPU with the correct orientation as shown. The notched corner should point towards the end of the lever . Because the CPU has a corner pin for two of the four corners, the CPU will only fit in the orientation as shown. The picture is for reference only; you should have a CPU fan that covers the face of the CPU. W ith the added weight of the CPU fan, no force is required to insert the CPU. Once completely inserted, close the socket â s lever while holding down the CPU. After the CPU is , install an Intel recommended fan heatsink. Locate the CPU fan connector (see 3.1 Motherboard Layout or 3.8 Connectors) and con- nect the CPU fan cable to it. NOTE: Do not forget to set the correct Bus Frequency and Multiple (frequency multiple setting is available only on unlocked processors) for your Socket 370 pro- cessor or else boot-up may not be possible. Socket 370 processors provide internal thermal sensing so that a socket mounted thermal resistor is not needed. CAUTION! Be careful not to scrape the motherboard when mounting a clamp- style processor fan or else damage may occur to the motherboard. CUA Socket 370 Notch Gold Arrow Celeron Pentium III CUA ® Socket 370 (T op) Socket 370 (Bottom)
27 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Expansion Cards 3.7 Expansion Cards W ARNING ! Unplug your power supply when adding or removing expansion cards or other system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to both your motherboard and expansion cards. 3.7.1 Expansion Card Installation Procedure 1. Read the documentation for your expansion card and make any necessary hard- ware or software settings for your expansion card, such as jumpers. 2. Remove your computer system â s cover and the bracket plate on the slot you intend to use. Keep the bracket for possible future use. 3. Carefully align the card â s connectors and press firmly . 4. Secure the card on the slot with the screw you removed above. 5. Replace the computer system â s cover . 6. Set up the BIOS if necessary (such as IRQ xx Used By ISA: Y es in PNP AND PCI SETUP) 7. Install the necessary software drivers for your expansion card. 3.7.2 Assigning IRQs for Expansion Cards Some expansion cards need an IRQ to operate. Generally , an IRQ must be exclu- sively assigned to one use. In a standard design, there are 16 IRQs available but most of them are already in use, leaving 6 IRQs free for expansion cards. If your motherboard has PCI audio onboard, an additional IRQ will be used. If your moth- erboard also has MIDI enabled, another IRQ will be used, leaving 4 IRQs free.
28 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Expansion Cards Interrupt Request T able for this Motherboard Interrupt requests are shared as shown by the following table: INT -A INT -B INT -C INT -D PCI slot 1 shared âââ PCI slot 2 â shared ââ PCI slot 3 ââ shared â PCI slot 4 ââ â shared PCI slot 5 ââ â shared PCI slot 6 ââ shared â Onboard VGA shared ââ â The following table lists the default IRQ assignments for standard PC devices. Use this table when configuring your system and for resolving IRQ conflicts. Standard Interrupt Assignments IRQ Priority Standard Function 0 1 System T imer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 N/A Programmable Interrupt 3* 1 1 Communications Port (COM2) 4* 12 Communications Port (COM1) 5* 13 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7* 15 Printer Port (LPT1) 8 3 System CMOS/Real T ime Clock 9* 4 ACPI Mode when enabled 10* 5 IRQ Holder for PCI Steering 1 1* 6 IRQ Holder for PCI Steering 12* 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14* 9 Primary IDE Channel 15* 10 Secondary IDE Channel *These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. IMPORT ANT : If using PCI cards on shared slots, make sure that the drivers sup- port â Share IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Conflicts will arise between the two PCI groups that will make the system unstable or cards inoperable.
29 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Expansion Cards CUA Audio Modem Riser Connector CUA ® T o install the AMR card, face its components toward the serial ports. 3.7.4 TV/LCD Slot This connector supports a specially designed TV/LCD slot to support an ASUS LCD- TV daughter card. This card allows you to connect a digital flat panel, ASUS or third party TV or video accessories, such as a TV , video capture cards, or television tuners. The TV/LCD slot eliminates digital-to-analog and analog-to-digital conversions, resulting in sharper , brighter images. CUA TV/LCD Slot CUA ® NOTE: An ASUS LCD-TV daughter card is not included with this motherboard. For availability , see your vendor or dealer . 3.7.3 Audio Modem Riser (AMR) Slot This connector supports a specially designed audio and/or modem card called an AMR. Main processing is done through software and controlled by the motherboard â s sys- tem chipset. This provides an upgradeable audio and/or modem solution at an incred- ibly low cost. There are two types of AMR, one defined as primary and another de- fined as secondary . This motherboard uses the primary channel so that a secondary AMR can coexist without the need to disable the onboard CODEC. The motherboard â s onboard CODEC must be disabled when using a primary AMR. IMPORT ANT : The AMR slot of this motherboard shares the same expansion slot as PCI Slot 3. Because of this and its location, the slot can only accept a specially designed AMR card (optional). While a standard AMR card â s bracket is to the left of the card (facing the expansion slot), the specially-designed AMR card â s bracket is to the right of the card. For availability , see your vendor or dealer .
30 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP (This page was intentionally left blank.)
31 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 3.8 External Connectors W ARNING! Some pins are used for connectors or power sources. These are clearly distinguished from jumpers in the Motherboard Layout. Placing jumper caps over these connector pins will cause damage to your motherboard. IMPORT ANT : Ribbon cables should always be connected with the red stripe to Pin 1 on the connectors. Pin 1 is usually on the side closest to the power connec- tor on hard drives and CD-ROM drives, but may be on the opposite side on floppy disk drives. Check the connectors before installation because there may be exceptions. IDE ribbon cable must be less than 46 cm (18 in.), with the sec- ond drive connector no more than 15 cm (6 in.) from the first connector . 1) PS/2 Mouse Connector (Green 6-pin PS2KBMS) The system will direct IRQ12 to the PS/2 mouse if one is detected. If one is not detected, expansion cards can use IRQ12. See PS/2 Mouse Function Control in Advanced Menu . PS/2 Mouse (6-pin female) 2) PS/2 Keyboard Connector (Purple 6-pin PS2KBMS) This connection is for a standard keyboard using an PS/2 plug (mini DIN). This connector will not allow standard A T size (large DIN) keyboard plugs. Y ou may use a DIN to mini DIN adapter on standard A T keyboards. PS/2 Keyboard (6-pin female)
32 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 3) Universal Serial BUS Ports 0 & 1 (Black two 4-pin USB) T wo USB ports are available for connecting USB devices. Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2 USB 1 4) Parallel Port Connector (Burgundy 25-pin PRINTER) Y ou can enable the parallel port and choose the IRQ through Onboard Parallel Port (see I/O Device Configuration) . NOTE : Serial printers must be connected to the serial port. Parallel (Printer) Port (25-pin female) 5) Monitor Output Connector (Blue 15-pin VGA) This connector is for output to a VGA-compatible device. VGA Monitor (15-pin female)
33 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 7) Audio Port Connectors (Thr ee 1/8 â AUDIO) (optional) Line Out (lime) can be connected to headphones or preferably powered speak- ers. Line In (light blue) allows tape players or other audio sources to be re- corded by your computer or played through the Line Out (lime). Mic (pink) allows microphones to be connected for inputting voice. Mic Line In Line Out 1/8" Stereo Audio Connectors 6) Serial Port Connectors (T eal/T urquoise 9-pin COM1/10-1-pin COM2) One serial port (COM1) is ready for a mouse or other serial devices. A second serial port (COM2) is available using a serial port bracket connected from the motherboard to an expansion slot opening. See Onboard Serial Port 1/On- board Serial Port 2 in I/O Device Configuration for settings. COM 1 Serial Port (9-pin male) CUA Serial COM2 Bracket CUA ® PIN 1
34 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 9) Primary (Blue) / Secondary (Black) IDE Connectors (T wo 40-1pin IDE) These connectors support the provided UltraDMA/66 IDE hard disk ribbon cable. Connect the cable â s connector (usually blue) to the motherboard â s primary (rec- ommended) or secondary IDE connector , and then connect the gray connector to your UltraDMA/66 slave device (hard disk drive) and the black connector to your UltraDMA/66 master device. It is recommended that non-UltraDMA/66 devices be connected to the secondary IDE connector . If you install two hard disks, you must configure the second drive to Slave mode by setting its jumper accordingly . Please refer to your hard disk documentation for the jumper set- tings. BIOS now supports specific device bootup (see Advanced CMOS Setup ). (Pin 20 is r emoved to prevent inserting in the wr ong orientation when using ribbon cables with pin 20 plugged). TIP: Y ou may configure two hard disks to be both Masters with two ribbon cables â one for the primary IDE connector and another for the secondary IDE connector . Y ou may install one operating system on an IDE drive and another on a SCSI drive and select the boot disk through Advanced CMOS Setup . IMPORT ANT : UltraDMA/66 IDE devices must use a 40-pin 80-conductor IDE cable for 66MBytes/s transfer rates. CUA IDE Connectors NOTE: Orient the red markings (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. Secondary IDE Connector PIN 1 Primary IDE Connector CUA ® 8) Game/MIDI Connector (Gold 15-pin GAME_AUDIO) (optional) Y ou may connect game joysticks or game pads to this connector for playing games. Connect MIDI devices for playing or editing professional audio. Joystick/MIDI (15-pin female)
35 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 10) Floppy Disk Drive Connector (34-1pin FLOPPY) This connector supports the provided floppy drive ribbon cable. After connect- ing the single end to the board, connect the two plugs on the other end to the floppy drives. (Pin 5 is removed to pr event inserting in the wrong orienta- tion when using ribbon cables with pin 5 plugged). NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. CUA Floppy Disk Drive Connector PIN 1 FLOPPY CUA ® 1 1) Feature (VMI) Connector (26-pin VMI) This connector supports ASUS or third party video accessories, such as video capture cards or television tuners. CUA Feature (VMI) Connector CUA ® 1 13 14 26
36 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 12) Serial Infrared Module Connector (5-pin IR) This connector supports an optional wireless transmitting and receiving infrared module. This module mounts to a small opening on system cases that support this feature. Y ou must also configure the setting through Peripheral Setup (BIOS) to select whether UAR T2 is directed for use with COM2 or IrDA. Use the five pins as shown in Back V iew and connect a ribbon cable from the module to the motherboard â s IR connector according to the pin definitions. CUA Infrared Module Connector CUA ® F ront View Back View 5V IRTX IRRX (NC) GND IR 5V IRRX IRTX GND 1 13) A TX Power Supply Connector (20-pin block A TXPWR) This connector connects to an A TX power supply . The plug from the power sup- ply will only insert in one orientation because of the dif ferent hole sizes. Find the proper orientation and push down firmly making sure that the pins are aligned. IMPORT ANT : Make sure that your A TX power supply (minimum recommended wattage: 200 watts; 235W for a fully-configured system) can supply at least 20 amperes on the 5-volt lead and at least 10mA (720mA recommended) on the 5- volt standby lead ( 5VSB). Y our system may become unstable/unreliable and may experience dif ficulty in powering up if your power supply is inadequate. For W ake- On-LAN support, your A TX power supply must supply at least 720mA 5VSB. CUA A TX Power Connector 3.3 V olts -12.0 V olts Ground Power Supply On Ground Ground Ground -5.0 V olts 5.0 V olts 5.0 V olts Power Good 12.0 V olts 3.3 V olts 3.3 V olts Ground 5.0 V olts Ground 5.0 V olts Ground 5V Standby CUA ®
37 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 14) IC Power Supply (IC_PWR_F AN), CPU (CPU_F AN), Chassis (CHA_F AN) Fan Connectors (3 pins) These connectors support cooling fans of 350mA (4.2 W atts) or less. Orientate the fans so that the heat sink fins allow airflow to go across the onboard heat sink(s) instead of the expansion slots. Depending on the fan manufacturer , the wiring and plug may be different. The red wire should be positive, while the black should be ground. Connect the fan â s plug to the board taking into consid- eration the polarity of the connector . NOTE: The â Rotationâ signal is to be used only by a specially designed fan with rotation signal. The Rotations per Minute (RPM) can be read directly from the ASUS iPanel or monitored using a utility such as ASUS PC Probe or Intel LDCM. W ARNING! The CPU and/or motherboard will overheat if there is no airflow across the CPU and onboard heatsinks. Damage may occur to the motherboard and/or the CPU fan if these pins are incorrectly used. These are not jumpers, do not place jumper caps over these pins. CUA 12-V olt Cooling Fan Power CPU_F AN IC_PWR_F AN GND Rotation 12V CHA_F AN GND Rotation 12V CUA ® GND Rotation 12V 15) Chassis Intrusion Lead (4-pin CHASSIS) This requires an external detection mechanism such as a chassis intrusion moni- tor/sensor or microswitch. The sensor is triggered when a high level signal is sent to the Chassis Signal lead, which occurs when a panel switch or light detec- tor is triggered. This function requires the optional ASUS CIDB chassis intru- sion module to be installed (see 7. APPENDIX ). If the chassis intrusion lead is not used, a jumper cap must be placed over the pins to close the circuit. CUA Chassis Open Alarm Lead CUA ® 5V olt (Power Supply Stand By) Ground Chassis Signal CHASSIS 1
38 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 16) SMB Connector (5-1 pin SMB) This connector allows you to connect SMBus (System Management Bus) de- vices. SMBus devices communicate by means of the SMBus with an SMBus host and/or other SMBus devices. SMBus is a specific implementation of an I2C bus, which is a multi-device bus; that is, multiple chips can be connected to the same bus and each one can act as a master by initiating data transfer . CUA SMBus Connector CUA ® SMB SMBCLK Ground SMBDA T A 3V 1 17) USB Header (10-1 pin USB2) If the USB Ports on the back panels are inadequate, a USB header is available for two additional USB ports. Connect the 10-1 pin ribbon cable from the pro- vided 2-port USB connector set to the midboard 10-1 pin USB header and mount the USB connector set to an open slot on your chassis. NOTE: T o use this header , make sure that the jumpers (see Motherboard Set- tings , BIOS) are set to USB Connect . CUA USB Header CUA ® USBPORT USB Power USBP2 â USBP2 GND NC USB Power USBP3 â USBP3 GND 15 61 0
39 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 18) W ake-On-LAN Connector ( 3 -pin WOL_CON) This connector connects to a LAN card with a W ake-On-LAN output, such as the ASUS PCI-L101 Ethernet card (see 7. Appendix). The connector powers up the system when a wakeup packet or signal is received through the LAN card. IMPOR T ANT : This feature requires that W ake-On-LAN features are enabled (see 4.4.3 Power Management ) and that your system has an A TX power supply with at least 720mA 5V standby power . CUA W ake-On-LAN Connector CUA ® IMPORT ANT : Requires an A TX power supply with at least 720mA 5 volt standby power 5 V olt Standby PME Ground WOL 19) W ake-On-Ring Connector ( 2 -pin W O R ) This connector connects to internal modem cards with a W ake-On-Ring output. The connector powers up the system when a ringup packet or signal is received through the internal modem card. NOTE: For external modems, W ake-On-Ring is detected through the COM port. IMPOR T ANT : This feature requires that W ake-On-Ring features are enabled (see 4.4.3 Power Management ) and that your system has an A TX power supply with at least 720mA 5V standby power . CUA ® A7V W ake-On-Ring Connector WOR Ring# Ground 2 1
40 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 20) Internal Audio Connectors (4 -pin CD_IN, AUX, VIDEO, MODEM) These connectors allow you to receive stereo audio input from such sound sources as a CD-ROM, TV tuner , or MPEG card. CUA Internal Audio Connectors CUA ® CD1 (Black) VIDEO (Green) Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground AUX (White) Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground 21) IDE Activity LED (2-pin IDELED) This connector supplies power to the cabinet â s IDE activity LED. Read and write activity by devices connected to the Primary or Secondary IDE connectors will cause the LED to light up. CUA IDE Activity LED CUA ® TIP: If the case-mounted LED does not light, try reversing the 2-pin plug. IDELED
41 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors CUA System Panel Connectors CUA ® * Requires an A TX power supply . PLED Ground TB_LED PWR 5 V 5V Speaker Speaker Connector P ower LED Ground 5 V Reset SW SMI Lead Message LED ExtSMI# 3VSB Reset Ground Ground A TX Power Switch* The following is for items 22 â28 (next page)
42 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 22) System Power LED Lead (3-1 pin PWRLED) This 3-1 pin connector connects the system power LED, which lights when the system is powered on and blinks when it is in sleep mode. 23) Keyboard Lock Switch Lead (2-pin KEYLOCK) This 2-pin connector connects to the case-mounted key switch to allow key- board locking. 24) System W arning Speaker Connector (4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector connects to the case-mounted speaker . T wo sources (LINE_OUT and SPEAKER) will allow you to hear system beeps and warn- ings. Only SPEAKER will allow you to hear system beeps before the integrated audio has been properly initialized. 25) System Message LED Lead (2-pin MSG.LED) This indicates whether a message has been received from a fax/modem. The LED will remain lit when there is no signal and blink when there is data re- ceived. This function requires an ACPI OS and driver support. 26) System Management Interrupt Lead (2-pin SMI) This allows the user to manually place the system into a suspend mode or â Green â mode, where system activity is decreased to save electricity and expand the life of certain components when the system is not in use. This 2-pin connector con- nects to the case-mounted suspend switch. 27) A TX Power Switch Lead (2-pin PWRSW) The system power is controlled by a momentary switch connected to this lead. Pressing the button once will switch the system between ON and SOFT OFF . Pushing the switch while in the ON mode for more than 4 seconds will turn the system of f. The system power LED shows the status of the system â s power . 28) Reset Switch Lead (2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector connects to the case-mounted reset switch for rebooting your computer without having to turn of f your power switch. This is a preferred method of rebooting to prolong the life of the system â s power supply .
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 43 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Powering Up 3. H/W SETUP 3.9 Starting Up the First T ime 1. After all connections are made, close the system case cover . 2. Be sure that all switches are off (in some systems, marked with ). 3. Connect the power supply cord into the power supply located on the back of your system case according to your system user â s manual. 4. Connect the power cord into a power outlet that is equipped with a sur ge protector . 5. Y ou may then turn on your devices in the following order: a. Y our monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. Y our system power . For A TX power supplies, you need to switch on the power supply as well as press the A TX power switch on the front of the case. 6. The power LED on the front panel of the system case will light. For A TX power supplies, the system LED will light when the A TX power switch is pressed. The LED on the monitor may light up or switch be- tween orange and green after the system â s if it complies with â greenâ standards or if it has a power standby feature. The system will then run power -on tests. While the tests are running, the BIOS will alarm beeps or additional messages will appear on the screen. If you do not see any- thing within 30 seconds from the time you turn on the power , the system may have failed a power-on test. Recheck your jumper settings and con- nections or call your retailer for assistance. Award BIOS Beep Codes Beep Meaning One short beep when No error during POST displaying logo Long beeps in an endless loop No DRAM installed or detected One long beep followed by V ideo card not found or video card three short beeps memory bad High frequency beeps when CPU overheated system is working System running at a lower frequency
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 44 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Powering Up 3. H/W SETUP 7. During power-on, hold down <Delete> to enter BIOS setup. Follow the instructions in 4. BIOS SETUP . * Powering Off your computer: Y ou must first exit or shut down your operating system before switching of f the power switch. For A TX power supplies, you can press the A TX power switch after exiting or shutting down your operating system. If you use W indows 9X, click the Start button, click Shut Down, and then click Shut down the computer? The power supply should turn of f after W indows shuts down. NOTE: The message â Y ou can now safely turn of f your computer â will not appear when shutting down with A TX power supplies.
4. BIOS SETUP 4.1 Managing and Updating Y our BIOS 4.1.1 Upon First Use of the Computer System It is recommended that you save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS along with a Flash Memory W riter utility (AFLASH.EXE) to a bootable floppy disk in case you need to reinstall the BIOS later . AFLASH.EXE is a Flash Memory W riter utility that updates the BIOS by uploading a new BIOS file to the programmable flash ROM on the motherboard. This file works only in DOS mode. T o determine the BIOS version of your mother- board, check the last four numbers of the code displayed on the upper left- hand corner of your screen during bootup. Lar ger numbers represent a newer BIOS file. 1. T ype FORMA T A:/S at the DOS prompt to create a bootable system floppy disk. DO NOT copy AUTOEXEC.BA T & CONFIG.SYS to the disk. 2. T ype COPY D:\AFLASH\AFLASH.EXE A:\ (assuming D is your CD- ROM drive) to copy AFLASH.EXE to the just created boot disk. NOTE: AFLASH works only in DOS mode. It will not work with DOS prompt in W indows and will not work with certain memory drivers that may be loaded when you boot from your hard drive. It is recommended that you reboot using a floppy . 3. Reboot your computer from the floppy disk. NOTE: BIOS setup must specify âFloppy â as the first item in the boot sequence. 4. In DOS mode, type A:\AFLASH <Enter> to run AFLASH. IMPORT ANT! If âunknown â is displayed after Flash Memory:, the memory chip is either not programmable or is not supported by the ACPI BIOS and there- fore, cannot be programmed by the Flash Memory W riter utility . ASUS CUA User â s Manual 45 4. BIOS SETUP Updating BIOS
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 46 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Updating BIOS 5. Select 1. Save Current BIOS to File from the Main menu and press <Enter>. The Save Curr ent BIOS T o File screen appears. 6. T ype a filename and the path, for example, A:\XXX-XX.XXX and then press <Enter>. 4.1.2 Updating BIOS Procedures W ARNING! Only update your BIOS if you have problems with your mother- board and you know that the new BIOS revision will solve your problems. Care- less updating can result in your motherboard having more problems! 1. Download an updated ASUS BIOS file from the Internet (WWW or FTP) (see ASUS CONT ACT INFORMA TION on page 3 for details) and save to the disk you created earlier . 2. Boot from the disk you created earlier . 3. At the â A:\â prompt, type AFLASH and then press <Enter>. 4. At the Main Menu, type 2 and then press <Enter>. The Update BIOS Including Boot Block and ESCD screen appears. 5. T ype the filename of your new BIOS and the path, for example, A:\XXX- XX.XXX , and then press <Enter>. NOTE: T o cancel this operation, press <Enter>.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 47 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP 6. When prompted to confirm the BIOS update, press Y to start the update. 7. The utility starts to program the new BIOS information into the flash ROM. The boot block will be updated automatically only when neces- sary . This will minimize the chance that a failed update will prevent your system from booting up. When the programming is finished, Flashed Successfully will be displayed. 8. Follow the onscreen instructions to continue. W ARNING! If you encounter problems while updating the new BIOS, DO NOT turn off your system since this might prevent your system from booting up. Just repeat the process, and if the problem still persists, update the original BIOS file you saved to disk above. If the Flash Memory W riter utility was not able to successfully update a complete BIOS file, your system may not be able to boot up. If this happens, your system will need servicing. Updating BIOS
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 48 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Updating BIOS (This page was intentionally left blank.)
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 49 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP 4.2 BIOS Setup Program This motherboard supports a programmable EEPROM that can be updated using the provided utility as described in 4.1 Managing and Updating Y our BIOS . The utility is used if you are installing a motherboard, reconfiguring your system, or prompted to â Run Setup â. This section describes how to configure your system using this utility . Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, at some time in the future you may want to change the configuration of your computer . For example, you may want to enable the Security Password Feature or make changes to the power management settings. It will then be necessary to reconfigure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the EEPROM. The EEPROM on the motherboard stores the Setup utility . When you start up the computer , the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. This appears during the Power -On Self T est (POST). Press <Delete> to call up the Setup utility . If you are a little bit late in pressing the mentioned key , POST will continue with its test routines, thus preventing you from calling up Setup. If you still need to call Setup, restart the system by pressing <Ctrl> <Alt> <Delete>, or by press- ing the Reset button on the system chassis. Y ou can also restart by turning the system off and then back on again. But do so only if the first two methods fail. The Setup program has been designed to make it as easy to use as possible. It is a menu-driven program, which means you can scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections among the predetermined choices. To access the BIOS Setup program, press the <Delete> key after the computer has run through its POST. NOTE: Because the BIOS software is constantly being updated, the following BIOS screens and descriptions are for reference purposes only and may not re- flect your BIOS screens exactly . Program Information
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 50 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP 4.2.1 BIOS Menu Bar The top of the screen has a menu bar with the following selections: MAIN Use this menu to make changes to the basic system configuration. ADV ANCED Use this menu to enable and make changes to the advanced features. POWER Use this menu to configure and enable Power Management features. BOOT Use this menu to configure the default system device used to lo- cate and load the Operating System. EXIT Use this menu to exit the current menu or specify how to exit the Setup program. T o access the menu bar items, press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 4.2.2 Legend Bar At the bottom of the Setup screen you will notice a legend bar . The keys in the legend bar allow you to navigate through the various setup menus. The following table lists the keys found in the legend bar with their corresponding alternates and functions. Navigation Key(s) Function Description <F1> or <Alt H> Displays the General Help screen from anywhere in the BIOS Setup <Esc> Jumps to the Exit menu or returns to the main menu from a sub- menu â or â ( keypad arrow) Selects the menu item to the left or right â or â ( keypad arrow) Moves the highlight up or down between fields - (minus key) Scrolls backward through the values for the highlighted field (plus key) or spacebar Scrolls forward through the values for the highlighted field <Enter> Brings up a selection menu for the highlighted field <Home> or <PgUp> Moves the cursor to the first field <End> or <PgDn> Moves the cursor to the last field <F5> Resets the current screen to its Setup Defaults <F10> Saves changes and exits Setup Menu Introduction
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 51 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP General Help In addition to the Item Specific Help window , the BIOS setup program also pro- vides a General Help screen. This screen can be called up from any menu by sim- ply pressing <F1> or the <Alt> <H> combination. The General Help screen lists the legend keys with their corresponding alternates and functions. Saving Changes and Exiting the Setup Program See 4.7 Exit Menu for detailed information on saving changes and exiting the setup program. Scroll Bar When a scroll bar appears to the right of a help window , it indicates that there is more information to be displayed that will not fit in the window . Use <PgUp> and <PgDn> or the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the entire help docu- ment. Press <Home> to display the first page, press <End> to go to the last page. T o exit the help window , press <Enter> or <Esc>. Sub-Menu Note that a right pointer symbol (as shown in the left view) appears to the left of certain fields. This pointer indicates that a sub-menu can be launched from this field. A sub-menu con- tains additional options for a field parameter . T o call up a sub- menu, simply move the highlight to the field and press <En- ter>. The sub-menu will then immediately appear . Use the legend keys to enter values and move from field to field within a sub-menu just as you would within a menu. Use the <Esc> key to return to the main menu. T ake some time to familiarize yourself with each of the legend keys and their corresponding functions. Practice navigating through the various menus and sub- menus. If you accidentally make unwanted changes to any of the fields, use the set default hot key <F5>. While moving around through the Setup program, note that explanations appear in the Item Specific Help window located to the right of each menu. This window displays the help text for the currently highlighted field. NOTE: The item heading in square brackets represents the default setting for that field. Menu Introduction
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 52 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP System Time [XX:XX:XX] Sets your system to the time that you specify (usually the current time). The format is hour , minute, second. V alid values for hour , minute and sec- ond are Hour: (00 to 23), Minute: (00 to 59), Second: (00 to 59). Use the <T ab> or <Shift> <T ab> keys to move between the hour , minute, and second fields. System Date [XX/XX/XXXX] Sets your system to the date that you specify (usually the current date). The format is month, day , year . V alid values for month, day , and year are Month: (1 to 12), Day: (1 to 31), Y ear: ( 100 year range ) . Use the <T ab> or <Shift> <T ab> keys to move between the month, day , and year fields. Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.], Legacy Diskette B [None] Sets the type of floppy drives installed. Configuration options: [None] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M , 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.] [2.88M, 3.5 in.] Floppy 3 Mode Support [Disabled] This is required to support older Japanese floppy drives. Floppy 3 Mode support will allow reading and writing of 1.2MB (a s opposed to 1.44MB) on a 3.5-inch diskette. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Drive A] [Drive B] [Both] 4.3 Main Menu When the Setup program is accessed, the following screen appears: Main Menu
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 53 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP NOTE: Before attempting to configure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the configuration information supplied by the manufacturer of the drive. Incorrect settings may cause your system to not recognize the in- stalled hard disk. T o allow the BIOS to detect the drive type automati- cally , select [Auto]. Type [Auto] Select [Auto] to automatically detect an IDE hard disk drive. If automatic detection is successful, the correct values will be filled in for the remaining fields on this sub-menu. If automatic detection fails, your hard disk drive may be too old or too new . Y ou can try updating your BIOS or enter the IDE hard disk drive parameters manually . NOTE: After the IDE hard disk drive information has been entered into BIOS, new IDE hard disk drives must be partitioned (such as with FDISK) and then formatted before data can be read from and write on. Primary IDE hard disk drives must have its partition set to active (also possible with FDISK). Other options for the T ype field are: [None] - to disable IDE devices 4.3.1 Primary & Secondary Master/Slave Master/Slave Drives
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 54 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP IMPORT ANT : If your hard disk was already formatted on an older previous system, incorrect parameters may be detected. Y ou will need to enter the correct parameters manually or use low-level format if you do not need the data stored on the hard disk. If the parameters listed differ from the ones used when the disk was formatted, the disk will not be readable. If the auto-detected parameters do not match the ones that should be used for your disk, you should enter the correct ones manually by setting [User T ype HDD]. Master/Slave Drives [User Type HDD] Manually enter the number of cylinders, heads and sectors per track for your drive. Refer to your drive documentation or look on the drive for this information. If no drive is installed or if you are removing a drive and not replacing it, select [ None ] . T ranslation Method [LBA] Select the hard disk drive type in this field. When Logical Block Addressing is enabled, 28-bit addressing of the hard drive is used without regard for cylinders, heads, or sectors. Note that LBA Mode is necessary for drives with greater than 504MB in storage capacity . Configuration options: [LBA] [LARGE] [Normal] [Match Partition T able] [Manual] Cylinders This field configures the number of cylinders. Refer to your drive documentation to determine the correct value to enter into this field. NOTE: T o make changes to this field, the T ype field must be set to [User T ype HDD] and the T ranslation Method field must be set to [Manual].
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 55 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Master/Slave Drives Head This field configures the number of read/write heads. Refer to your drive documenta- tion to determine the correct value to enter into this field. NOTE: T o make changes to this field, the T ype field must be set to [User T ype HDD] and the T ranslation Method field must be set to [Manual]. Sector This field configures the number of sectors per track. Refer to your drive docu- mentation to determine the correct value to enter into this field. NOTE: T o make changes to this field, the T ype field must be set to [User T ype HDD] and the T rans- lation Method field must be set to [Manual]. CHS Capacity This field shows the drive â s maximum CHS capacity calculated automatically by the BIOS from the drive information you entered. Maximum LBA Capacity This field shows the drive â s maximum LBA capacity calculated automatically by the BIOS from the drive information you entered. Multi-Sector T ransfers [Maximum] This option automatically sets the number of sectors per block to the highest number supported by the drive. This field can also be configured manually . Note that when this field is automatically configured, the set value may not always be the fastest value for the drive. Refer to the documentation that came with your hard drive to determine the optimal value and set it manually . NOTE: T o make changes to this field, the T ype field must be set to [User T ype HDD]. Configuration options: [Dis- abled] [2 Sectors] [4 Sectors] [8 Sectors] [16 Sectors] [32 Sectors] [Maximum] SMAR T Monitoring [Disabled] This allows the enabling or disabling of the S.M.A.R.T . (Self-Monitoring, Analy- sis and Reporting T echnology) system which utilizes internal hard disk drive moni- toring technology . This feature is normally disabled because system resources used in this feature may decrease system performance. Configuration options: [Dis- abled] [Enabled] PIO Mode [4] This option lets you set a PIO (Programmed Input/Output) mode for the IDE de- vice. Modes 0 through 4 provide successively increased performance. Configura- tion options: [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] Ultra DMA Mode [Disabled] Ultra DMA capability allows improved transfer speeds and data integrity for com- patible IDE devices. Set to [Disabled] to suppress Ultra DMA capability . NOTE: T o make changes to this field, the T ype field must be set to [User T ype HDD]. Configuration options: [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] [Disabled]
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 56 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Main Menu Other options for â Type: â are: [CD-ROM] - for IDE CD-ROM drives [LS-120] - for LS-120 compatible floppy disk drives [ZIP-100] - for ZIP-100 compatible disk drives [MO] - for IDE magneto optical disk drives [Other ATAPI Device] - for IDE devices not listed here After using the legend keys to make your selections on this sub-menu, press the <Esc> key to exit back to the Main menu. When the Main menu ap- pears, you will notice that the drive size appear in the field for the hard disk drive that you just configured. Boot Up NumLock Status [On] This field enables users to activate the Number Lock function upon system boot. Configuration options: [Off] [On] Keyboard Auto-Repeat Rate [12/Sec] This controls the speed at which the system registers repeated keystrokes. Options range from 6 to 30 characters per second. Configuration options: [6/Sec] [8/Sec] [10/Sec] [12/Sec] [15/Sec] [20/Sec] [24/Sec] [30/Sec] Keyboard Auto-Repeat Delay [1/4 Sec] This field sets the time interval for displaying the first and second charac- ters. Configuration options: [1/4 Sec] [1/2 Sec] [3/4 Sec] [1 Sec] 4.3.2 Keyboard Features
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 57 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Main Menu CUA Clear RTC RAM Short solder points to Clear CMOS BIOS EEPROM CUA ® R242 C242 R243 Halt On [All Errors] This field determines which types of errors will cause the system to halt. Configuration options: [All Errors] [No Error] [All but Keyboard] [All but Disk] [All but Disk/Keyboard] Installed Memory [XXX MB] This field displays the amount of conventional memory detected by the system during bootup. Y ou do not need to make changes to this field. This is a display only field. Language [English] This allows selection of the BIOS â displayed language. Currently only English is available. Supervisor Password [Disabled] / User Password [Disabled] These fields allow you to set the passwords. T o set the password, highlight the ap- propriate field and press <Enter>. T ype in a password and press <Enter>. Y ou can type up to eight alphanumeric characters. Symbols and other keys are ignored. T o confirm the password, type the password again and press the <Enter>. The pass- word is now set to [Enabled]. This password allows full access to the BIOS Setup menus. T o clear the password, highlight this field and press <Enter>. The same dialog box as above will appear . Press <Enter> and the password will be set to [Disabled]. A Note about Passwords The BIOS Setup program allows you to specify passwords in the Main menu. The passwords control access to the BIOS during system startup. The passwords are not case sensitive. In other words, it makes no dif ference whether you enter a password using upper or lowercase letters. The BIOS Setup program allows you to specify two separate passwords: a Supervisor password and a User password. When dis- abled, anyone may access all BIOS Setup program functions. When enabled, the Supervisor password is required for entering the BIOS Setup program and having full access to all configuration fields. Forgot the Password? If you for got the password, you can clear the password by erasing the CMOS Real T ime Clock (R TC) RAM. The RAM data containing the password information is powered by the onboard button cell battery . T o erase the R TC RAM: (1) Unplug your computer , (2) Short the solder points, (3) T urn ON your computer , (4) Hold down <Delete> during bootup and enter BIOS setup to re-enter user preferences.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 58 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP 4.4 Advanced Menu CPU Core:Bus Freq. Multiple (when CPU Speed is set to [Manual]) This field is for unlocked processors only . If your socket 370 processor â s Frequency Multiple is detected locked, you will not be able to access this field. This sets the frequency multiple between the CPU â s internal frequency (core speed) and external (bus) frequency . Set this in conjunction with CPU Bus Frequency (MHz) to match the speed of your CPU. Configuration options vary according to the external frequency of your CPU. CPU (FSB)/PCI Freq. Ratio (when CPU Speed is set to [Manual]) This field determines the frequency ratio between the Front Side Bus and the PCI bus. Configuration options: [2/1] [3/1] [4/1] Advanced Menu (scroll down to see more items, as shown here) CPU Core Speed/FSB Freq. [Manual] When the motherboard is set to JumperFree ⢠mode, this field allows you to select the CPU internal fre- quency and the Front Side Bus frequency . Select [Manual] if you want to make changes to the subse- quent 2 fields. Note that selecting a frequency higher than the CPU manufacturer recommends may cause the system to hang or crash. See System Hangup later in this section. Example of CPU Core Speed/ FSB Freq.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 59 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Advanced Menu CPU Bus Frequency (MHz) (when CPU Speed is set to [Manual]; for unlocked processors only) This feature tells the clock generator what frequency to send to the CPU, DRAM, and chipset. The bus frequency (external frequency) multiplied by the bus fre- quency multiple equals the CPU â s core speed. The configuration options vary depending on the C PU (FSB)/ PCI Freq. Ratio . CPU Vcore This field displays the core voltage supplied to the CPU. If you want to set it manually , always refer to the CPU documentation. Clock Spread Spectrum Options [Enabled] Leave on default setting. Spread spectrum typically reduces system electro- magnetic interference (EMI) by 8dB to 10dB. Configuration options: [En- abled] [Disabled] [Auto] CPU Level 1 Cache, CPU Level 2 Cache [Enabled] These fields allow you to choose from the default of [Enabled] or choose [Disabled] to turn on or of f the CPU â s Level 1 and Level 2 built-in cache. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] CPU Level 2 Cache ECC Check [Disabled] This function controls the ECC capability in the CPU level 2 cache. Con- figuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Processor Serial Number [Disabled] (When usings Pentium III CPU) The Processor Serial Number is a unique number that is added to every Pentium III processor to help verify the identity of the user across the Internet. Set this field to [Enabled] when you need increased security for doing busi- ness online or e-commerce. Otherwise, leave it to its default setting of [Dis- abled] for greater anonymity when surfing the Internet. BIOS Update [Enabled] This functions as an update loader integrated into the BIOS to supply the processor with the required data. In the default position of [Enabled], the BIOS will load the update on all processors during system bootup. Configu- ration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PS/2 Mouse Function Control [Auto] The default of [Auto] allows the system to detect a PS/2 mouse on startup. If detected, IRQ12 will be used for the PS/2 mouse. IRQ12 will be reserved for expansion cards only if a PS/2 mouse is not detected. [Enabled] will always reserve IRQ12, whether on startup a PS/2 mouse is detected or not. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Auto] Using Pentium III processors Using Celeron processors
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 60 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Notes for JumperFree Mode CPU Upgrade/Reinstallation T o ensure that your system can enter BIOS setup after the processor has been changed or reinstalled, your system will start up running at a bus speed of 66MHz and a fail-safe CPU internal frequency (4x66MHz for the Intel Coppermine processor or 2x66MHz for non-Coppermine processors). It will then automatically take you to the Advanced menu with a popup menu of all the officially possible CPU speeds. System Hangup If your system crashes or hangs due to improper frequency settings, power OFF your system and restart. The system will start up in safe mode running at a bus speed of 66MHz and enter BIOS setup. JumperFree Mode USB Legacy Support [Auto] The default of [Auto] allows the system to detect a USB device on startup. If detected, the USB controller will be enabled. If not detected, the USB controller will be disabled. When this field is set to [Disabled], the USB controller will not function no matter whether you are using a USB device or not. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] OS/2 Onboard Memory > 64M [Disabled] When using OS/2 operating systems with installed DRAM of greater than 64MB, you need to set this option to [Enabled]; otherwise, leave this on [Disabled]. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 61 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP SDRAM Configuration [By SPD] This sets the optimal timings for items 2 â4, depending on the memory mod- ules that you are using. Default setting is [By SPD], which configures items 2 â 4 by reading the contents in the SPD (Serial Presence Detect) device. The EEPROM on the memory module stores critical parameter information about the module, such as memory type, size, speed, voltage interface, and mod- ule banks. Configuration options: [User Define] [7ns (143MHz)] [8ns (125MHz)] [By SPD] NOTE: T o make changes to the following three field, the SDRAM Con- figuration field must be set to [User Define]. SDRAM CAS Latency (tCL) [2T] This controls the latency between the SDRAM read command and the time that the data actually becomes available. Configuration options: [2T] [3T] SDRAM RAS to CAS Delay (tRCD) [2T] This controls the latency between the SDRAM active command and the read/write command. Configuration options: [2T] [3T] SDRAM RAS Precharge Time (tRP) [2T] This controls the idle clocks after issuing a precharge command to the SDRAM. Configuration options: T est [2T] [3T] SDRAM Cycle Time (tRAS) [6T] This feature controls the number of SDRAM clocks used per access cycle. Configuration options: [7T] [6T] (scroll down to see more items, as shown here) 4.4.1 Chip Configuration Chip Configuration
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 62 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Chip Configuration SDRAM Command Timing [2T] Leave on default setting. Configuration options: [1T] [2T] SDRAM Multi-Banking [On] Leave on default setting. Configuration options: [On] [Off] SDRAM DataIn-Precharge Latency [1T] Leave on default setting. Configuration options: [2T] [1T] Onboard VGA [Enabled] Leave on default setting if you want to use the onboard VGA. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Graphics Window Size [64MB] This feature allows you to select the size of mapped memory for AGP graphic data. Configuration options: [Disabled] [1MB] [2MB] [4MB] [8MB] [16MB] [32MB] [64MB] [128MB] [256MB] Memory Hole At 15M-16M [Disabled] This field allows you to reserve an address space for ISA expansion cards that require it. Setting the address space to a particular setting will make that memory space unavailable to the system. Expansion cards can only access memory up to 16MB. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Host Memory Write Buffer [1 Line] Leave on default setting. Configuration options: [4 Lines] [1 Line] PCI 2.2 Support [Disabled] This function allows you to enable or disable PCI 2.2 features. Configura- tion options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Passive Release Support [Disabled] Passive release allows the PCI bus to carry out other tasks when it is receiv- ing data from ISA devices. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Super I/O Recovery Time [0.75 us] Leave on default setting. Configuration options: [0.25 us]...[3.75 us] Onboard PCI IDE Enable [Both] Y ou can select to enable the primary IDE channel, secondary IDE channel, both, or disable both channels. Configuration options: [Both] [Primary] [Sec- ondary] [Disabled]
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 63 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Onboard AC-Link Audio Controller [Enabled] [Enabled] allows you to use the onboard audio controller . If you want to use an add-on audio card, set this field to [Disabled]. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard FDC Swap A & B [No Swap] This field allows you to reverse the hardware drive letter assignments of your floppy disk drives. Configuration options: [No Swap] [Swap AB] Floppy Disk Access Control [R/W] When set to [Read Only], this field protects files from being copied to floppy disks by allowing reads from the floppy disk drive but not writes. The setup default [R/W] allows both reads and writes. Configuration options: [R/W] [Read Only] Onboard Serial Port 1 [3F8H/IRQ4], Onboard Serial Port 2 [2F8H/IRQ3] These fields allow you to set the addresses for the onboard serial connec- tors. Serial Port 1 and Serial Port 2 must have dif ferent addresses. Configu- ration options: [3F8H/IRQ4] [2F8H/IRQ3] [3E8H/IRQ4] [2E8H/IRQ10] [Disabled] 4.4.2 I/O Device Configuration I/O Device Config
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 64 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Onboard IR [Disabled] This field allows you to activate the onboard standard infrared feature and to set the address for the second serial UAR T to support the infrared module connector on the motherboard. If your system already has a second serial port connected to the onboard COM2 connector , it will no longer work if you enable the infrared feature. See IrDA- Compliant Infrared Module Connector in 3.8 External Connectors . Configuration options: [3F8H/IRQ4] [2F8H/IRQ3] [3E8H/IRQ4] [2E8H/IRQ10] [Disabled] Onboard Parallel Port [378H/IRQ7] This field sets the address of the onboard parallel port connector . If you disable this feature, Parallel Port Mode and ECP DMA Select configurations will not be avail- able. Configuration options: [Disabled] [3BCH/IRQ7] [378H/IRQ7] [278H/IRQ5] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] This field allows you to set the operation mode of the parallel port. [Normal] allows normal-speed operation but in one direction only; [EPP] allows bidirectional parallel port operation; [ECP] allows the parallel port to operate in bidirectional DMA mode; [ECP EPP] allows normal speed operation in a two-way mode. Configuration op- tions: [Normal] [EPP] [ECP] [ECP EPP] ECP DMA Select [3] This field allows you to configure the parallel port DMA channel for the selected ECP mode. This selection is available only if you select [ECP] or [ECP EPP] in Parallel Port Mode above. Configuration options: [1] [3] [Disabled] I/O Device Config
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 65 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Slot 1, Slot 2, Slot 3/6, Slot4/5 IRQ [Auto] These fields set how IRQ use is determined for each PCI slot. The default setting for each field is [Auto], which utilizes auto-routing to determine IRQ use. Configuration options: [Auto] [NA] [3] [4] [5] [7] [9] [10] [1 1] [12] [14] [15] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] Some nonstandard VGA cards, such as graphics accelerators or MPEG video cards, may not show colors properly . The setting [Enabled] should correct this problem. Otherwise, leave this on the default setting of [Disabled]. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PCI Latency Timer [32] Leave on default setting for best performance vs. stability . SYMBIOS SCSI BIOS [Auto] [Auto] allows the motherboard â s BIOS to detect whether you have a Symbios SCSI card. If the Symbios SCSI card is detected, the motherboard â s Symbios BIOS will be enabled; if no Symbios SCSI card is detected, the onboard Symbios SCSI BIOS will be disabled. [Disabled] will disable the motherboard â s Symbios SCSI BIOS so that the BIOS on an add-on Symbios SCSI card can be used. If your Symbios SCSI card does not have a BIOS, the Symbios SCSI card will not function. Con- figuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] 4.4.3 PCI Configuration PCI Configuration
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 66 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP USB Function [Enabled] This motherboard supports Universal Serial Bus (USB) devices. Set to [En- abled] if you want to use USB devices. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ONB VGA BIOS First [No] This field, when set to [Y es], gives priority to the onboard VGA BIOS over other VGA controllers. Configuration options: [No] [Y es] PCI Configuration
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 67 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Video ROM BIOS Shadow [Enabled] This field allows you to change the video BIOS location from ROM to RAM. Relocating to RAM enhances system performance, as information access is faster than the ROM. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] C8000-DFFFF Shadow [Disabled] These fields are used for shadowing other expansion card ROMs. If you install other expansion cards with ROMs on them, you will need to know which addresses the ROMs use to shadow them specifically . Shadowing a ROM reduces the memory available between 640K and 1024K by the amount used for this purpose. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.4.4 Shadow Configuration Shadow Configuration
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 68 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Power Menu 4.5 Power Menu The Power menu allows you to reduce power consumption. This feature turns of f the video display and shuts down the hard disk after a period of inactivity . Power Management [User Define] This option must be enabled to use any of the automatic power saving features. If this menu item is set to [Disabled], power management features will not function regardless of other field settings on this menu. The [User Define] option allows you to make your own selections in the Power menu. When set to [Max Saving], system power will be conserved to its greatest amount. The Suspend Mode field will then be set to predefined value that ensures maximum power savings. This field acts as the master control for the power management modes. [Max Sav- ing] puts the system into power saving mode after a brief period of system inactiv- ity; [Min Saving] is almost the same as [Max Saving] except that the system inactiv- ity period is longer; [Disabled] disables the power saving features; [User Define] allows you to set power saving options according to your preference. Configuration options: [User Define] [Disabled] [Min Saving] [Max Saving] IMPORT ANT : Advanced Power Management (APM) should be installed to keep the system time updated when the computer enters suspend mode activated by the BIOS Power Management. For DOS environments, you need to add the statement, DEVICE=C:\DOS\POWER.EXE, to your CONFIG.SYS file. For W indows 3.x and W indows 95, you need to install W indows with the APM feature. For W indows 98 and later , APM is automatically installed. A battery and power cord icon labeled â Power Management â will appear in the â Control Panel. â Choose âAdvanced â in the Power Management Properties dialog box.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 69 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Video Off Option [Suspend -> Off ] This field determines when to activate the video of f feature for monitor power management. Configuration options: [Always On] [Suspend -> Of f] Video Off Method [DPMS OFF] This field defines the video of f features. The DPMS (Display Power Manage- ment System) feature allows the BIOS to control the video display card if it supports the DPMS feature. [Blank Screen] only blanks the screen (use this for monitors without power management or â green â features. If set up in your system, your screen saver will not display with [Blank Screen] selected). [V/ H SYNC Blank] blanks the screen and turns off vertical and horizontal scan- ning. Configuration options: [Blank Screen] [V/H SYNC Blank] [DPMS Standby] [DPMS Suspend] [DPMS OFF] [DPMS Reduce ON] HDD Power Down [Disabled] Shuts down any IDE hard disk drives in the system after a period of inac- tivity as set in this user-configurable field. This feature does not affect SCSI hard drives. Configuration options: [Disabled] [1 Min] [2 Min] [3 Min]...[15 Min] Suspend-to-RAM Capability [Disabled] Suspend-to-RAM (STR) is an ener gy-saving feature. In Suspend-to-RAM state, all devices on the computer are turned of f, except for the system RAM. Thus, the PC consumes less than 5 W atts of power . [Auto] allows the BIOS to detect if your power supply can supply at least 720mA on the 5VSB lead to support the STR function. If the power supply meets the requirement, the STR function will be enabled; if not, this function will be disabled. If the expansion cards you use on the motherboard do not support the STR function, you must leave this field on the default setting [Disabled]. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Suspend Mode [Disabled] Sets the time period before the system goes into suspend mode. Configu- ration options: [Disabled] [1~2 Min] [2~3 Min] [4~5 Min] [8~9 Min] [20 Min]...[1 Hour] PWR Button < 4 Secs [Soft off] When set to [Soft of f], the A TX switch can be used as a normal system power -off button when pressed for less than 4 seconds. [Suspend] allows the button to have a dual function where pressing less than 4 seconds will place the system in sleep mode. Regardless of the setting, holding the A TX switch for more than 4 seconds will power of f the system. Configuration options: [Soft off] [Suspend] Power Menu
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 70 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Power Up Control AC PWR Loss Restart [Disabled] This allows you to set whether you want your system to reboot after the power has been interrupted. [Disabled] leaves your system off and [En- abled] reboots your system. [Previous State] sets your system back to the state it is before the power interruption. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Previous State] PWR Up On External Modem Act [Disabled] This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. NOTE: The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus connection cannot be made on the first try . T urning an external modem of f and then back on while the computer is off causes an initialization string that will also cause the system to power on. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Wake On LAN or PCI Modem [Disabled] W ake-On-LAN/a PCI Modem allows your computer to be booted from an- other computer via a network by sending a wake-up frame or signal. Con- figuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IMPORT ANT : This feature requires an optional network interface with W ake-On- LAN and an A TX power supply with at least 720mA 5V standby power . 4.5.1 Power Up Control
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 71 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Power Up Control Wake On PS2 KB/PS2 Mouse [Disabled] Set this field to [Enabled] if you wish to use your PS2 keyboard (by pressing the space key) or PS2 mouse (by clicking the left button) to power up your computer . This feature requires an A TX power supply that can supply at least 300mA on the 5VSB lead. The default is set to [Disabled] because not all computers have the appropriate A TX power supply . Y our computer will not power ON if you set this to [Enabled] and do not have the appropriate A TX power supply . Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Automatic Power Up [Disabled] This allows an unattended or automatic system power up. Y ou may configure your system to power up at a certain time of the day by selecting [Everyday] or at a certain time and day by selecting [By Date]. NOTE: Automatic Power Up will not work if the system is powered down by operating systems, such as W indows 98/2000/Millenium, that have ACPI support enabled. Configuration options: [Dis- abled] [Everyday] [By Date]
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 72 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Hardware Monitor 4.5.2 Hardware Monitor MB Temperature, CPU Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] The onboard hardware monitor is able to detect the MB (motherboard) and CPU temperatures. Set to [Ignore] only if necessary . CPU Fan, Power Fan, Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] The onboard hardware monitor is able to detect the CPU fan speed, power supply fan speed, and the chassis fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). The presence of the fans is automatically detected. Set to [Ignore] only if necessary . VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage, -12V Voltage, -5V Voltage, 2.5V Voltage, Bat Voltage, 1.5V Voltage [xx.xV] The onboard hardware monitor is able to detect the voltage output by the onboard voltage regulators. Set to [Ignore] only if necessary . NOTE: If any of the monitored items is out of range, an error message will appear: â Hardware Monitor found an error . Enter Power setup menu for details â . Y ou will then be prompted to â Press F1 to continue, DEL to enter SETUP â. (scroll down to see more items, as shown here)
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 73 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Boot Menu Boot Sequence The Boot menu allows you to select among the four possible types of boot devices listed using the up and down arrow keys. By using the < > or <Space> key , you can promote devices and by using the <-> key , you can demote devices. Promotion or demotion of devices alters the priority which the sys- tem uses to search for a boot device on system power up. Configuration op- tions: [Removable Devices] [IDE Hard Drive] [A T API CD-ROM] [Other Boot Device] Removable Device [Legacy Floppy] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Legacy Floppy] [LS120] [ZIP-100] [A T API MO] IDE Hard Drive This field allows you to select which IDE hard disk drive to use in the boot sequence. Pressing [Enter] will show the product IDs of all connected IDE hard disk drives. ATAPI CD-ROM This field allows you to select which A T API CD-ROM drive to use in the boot sequence. Pressing [Enter] will show the product IDs of all your con- nected A T API CD-ROM drives. Other Boot Device Select [INT18 Device (Network)] Configuration options: [Disabled] [SCSI Boot Device] [INT18 Device (Net- work)] [LANDesk (R) Service Agent] 4.6 Boot Menu
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 74 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Boot Menu Plug & Play O/S [No] This field allows you to use a Plug-and-Play (PnP) operating system to con- figure the PCI bus slots instead of using the BIOS. When [Y es] is selected, interrupts may be reassigned by the OS. When a non-PnP OS is installed or you want to prevent reassigning of interrupt settings, select the default set- ting of [No]. Configuration options: [No] [Y es] Boot Virus Detection [Enabled] This field allows you to set boot virus detection, ensuring a virus-free boot sector . The system halts and displays a warning message when it detects a virus. If this occurs, you can either allow the operation to continue or use a virus-free bootable floppy disk to restart and investigate your system. Con- figuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Quick Power On Self Test [Enabled] This field speeds up the Power-On-Self T est (POST) routine by skipping retesting a second, third, and fourth time. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 75 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Exit Menu Exit Saving Changes Once you are finished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. The CMOS RAM is sustained by an onboard backup battery and stays on even when the PC is turned of f. Once this option is selected, a confirmation is asked. Select [Y es] to save changes and exit. NOTE: If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program will prompt you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Pressing <Enter> will then save changes while exiting. Exit Discarding Changes This option should only be used if you do not want to save the changes you have made to the Setup program. If you have made changes to fields other than system date, system time, and password, the system will ask for con- firmation before exiting. 4.7 Exit Menu Once you have made all of your selections from the various menus in the Setup pro- gram, you should save your changes and exit Setup. Select Exit from the menu bar to display the following menu: NOTE: Pressing <Esc> does not exit this menu. Y ou must select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit this menu.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 76 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When this option is selected or if <F5> is pressed, a confirmation is requested. Select [Y es] to load default values. Y ou can now select Exit Saving Changes or make other changes before saving the val- ues to the non-volatile RAM. Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the values you previously saved. After selecting this option, a confirmation is requested. Select [Y es] to discard any changes and load the previously saved values. Save Changes This option saves your selections without exiting the Setup program. Y ou can then return to other menus and make changes. After selecting this op- tion, all selections are saved and a confirmation is requested. Select [Y es] to save any changes to the non-volatile RAM. Exit Menu
77 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP NOTE: The screen displays in this and the following section may not reflect exactly the screen contents displayed on your screen. 5.1 Install Operating System Y ou should always use the latest operating system and updates when using new hardware to ensure full compliancy . Y ou may use any version of W indows 98/2000/ Millenium, but for W indows 95, you must use OSR 2.0 or later . For W indows NT 4.0, you must use Service Pack 3.0 or later . 5.2 Start Windows When you start W indows 98 for the first time after installing your motherboard, W indows will detect all plug-and play devices. Follow the Add New Hardware W iz- ard to install all necessary device drivers. When prompted to restart, select No and then follow the setup procedures in this section. NOTE: Because there are various motherboard settings, options, and expansion cards, the following can only be used as a general reference and may not reflect exactly the screen contents displayed on your screen.
78 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5. 3 CUA Series Motherboard Support CD NOTE: The support CD contents are subject to change at any time without notice. T o begin using your support CD disc, just insert it into your CD-ROM drive and the support CD installation menu should appear . If the menu does not appear , double- click or run D:\ASSETUP .EXE (assuming that your CD-ROM drive is drive D: ). 5.3.1 Installation Menu ⢠AGP Minipor t Driver Installs the AGP Miniport Driver for W indows 9x. ⢠ASUS Display Driver: Installs the ASUS display driver (NVIDIA RIV A TNT2). ⢠ALi Audio Accelerator Driver: Installs ALI Audio Accelerator Driver ⢠AMR Modem Driver: Installs AMR modem driver (PCtel HSP). ⢠AS U S PC P ro be Vx.xx: Installs a smart utility to monitor your computer â s fa n speed , voltage, and CPU temperature. ⢠ASUS Update Vx.xx: Installs ASUS Update to allow download of the latest BIOS for your motherboard and other driver updates. ⢠Y AMAHA Soft Synthesizer S-YXG50: Installs the Y amaha XGplayer for playing MIDI files, audio files, movie files and audio CDs. See online help for more informa- tion. ⢠PC-Cillin 98 Vx.xx: Installs the PC-cillin virus protection software. V iew the online help for more information. ⢠ADOBE Acrobat Reader Vx.xx: Installs the Adobe Acrobat Reader software neces- sary to view user â s manuals saved in PDF format. Updated or other language versions of this motherboard's manual is available in PDF format at any of our web sites. ⢠Cyberlink V ideo and Audio Applications: Installs Cyberlink PowerPlayer SE, PowerDVD T rial, and Cyberlink V ideoLive Mail. ⢠Show Motherboard Information: Allows you to view information about your motherboard, such as product name, BIOS version, and CPU. ⢠Br owse Suppor t CD: Allows you to view the contents of the CD. ⢠ReadMe: Allows you to view the support CD file list and contact information. ⢠Exit: Exits the CD installation menu. Additonal CD Content: Flash BIOS writer i n the A FLASH folder .
79 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5 . 4 AGP Miniport Driver Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. (1) Click her e. Setup will automatically install the AGP Miniport Driver into your computer . T o make use of the driver immediately , re- start your system after the installation procedures are finished. NOTE: Y ou may choose to restart your computer later when this option is of- fered, especially if you still want to install other drivers and/or software. Y ou may not, however , be able to use immediately the devices associated with the drivers or software because these drivers need to be enabled. These drivers are enabled when W indows starts/restarts.
80 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5 . 5 ASUS Display Driver Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. (1) Click her e. (2) Click on preferr ed option and then click here. (3) Click her e to complete setup. Setup starts to copy the display driver into your computer ...
81 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5 . 6 ALi Audio Accelerator Driver Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. (2) Click here. (1) Click her e. (3) Click here to complete setup.
82 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5 . 7 AMR Modem Driver Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. (1) Click her e and then follow the instructions on the screen that follows.
83 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5.8 ASUS PC Probe Vx.xx Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. NOTE: ASUS PC Probe will not run if another hardware monitoring utility is in- stalled. T o uninstall any program, see 5.14 Uninstalling Programs . (2) Click her e. (3) Click her e. (4) Click her e. (5) Click her e. (6) Click her e. (7) Click here. (8) Click Next and when the Setup Complete box appears, click Finish to complete setup. (1) Click her e.
84 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5 . 9 ASUS Update Vx.xx Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. (2) Click here. (1) Click her e. (5) Click her e to complete setup. (3) Click her e. (4) Click here.
85 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5.1 0 Y AMAHA Soft Synthesizer S-YXG50 Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. NOTE: Make sure that you have uninstalled any old version of the Y AMAHA SoftSynthesizer/XGplayer before installing this version. If you can â t uninstall your old version using the procedures in 5.14 Uninstalling Programs, see the README.TXT files under the Y amaha folder of your support CD for uninstallation information. (2) Click her e. (4) Click her e. (3) Enter the information requested and click her e. (5) Click her e and then respond accordingly when prompted (6&7 below) (8) Click her e. (9) Click her e. (6) (7) (1) Click her e.
86 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5.1 1 PC-Cillin 98 Vx.xx Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. (3) Click here only after you have read the License Agreement. (8) Insert a floppy disk and then click here. Once the Emergency Clean disk is created, click OK . (2) Click her e. (4) Setup will pr oceed with the installation if no viruses are found. Click here to start installation. (5) Click her e. (6) & (7) Select the pr eferred featur es by clicking the appropriate buttons. (9) Click her e and then click Finish to restart. (1) Click her e.
87 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5.12 ADOBE Acrobat Reader Vx.xx Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. (2) Click her e. (4) Click her e. (3) Click here only after you have read the License Agreement. (5) Click her e and then click Finish to restart. (1) Click her e.
88 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5.1 3 Cyberlink V ideo and Audio Applications 5.13.1 System Requirements ⢠Pentium-100MHz PC compatible ⢠Microsoft W indows 95/98/NT/2000 ⢠Hard disk drive with at least 10MB of free space ⢠4x speed or above CD-ROM drive ⢠Sound card with a W indows wave audio driver ⢠256 (or above) color VGA card is required. A VGA card with ⢠DirectDraw support ⢠8MB system memory 5.13.2 Cyberlink Contact Information
89 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5.13.3 Installation Procedures Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. (2) Click her e. (3) Click her e. (4) Click her e and follow the onscreen instructions to complete installation. (6) Click here and follow the onscr een instructions to complete installation. (7) Click her e and follow the onscreen instructions to complete installation. (5) Click her e to install PowerDVD. (1) Click her e.
90 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5.14 Uninstalling Programs Add/Remove Programs is a basic component within W indows. Y ou may use this function if a program does not provide its own uninstallation program. (1) Double-click her e to open the Add/Remove Programs Properties dialog box. (2) Select the pr ogram to remove and click her e. (3) Click her e.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 91 6. S/W REFERENCE ASUS PC Probe 6.1 ASUS PC Probe ASUS PC Probe is a convenient utility to continuously monitor your com- puter system â s vital components, such as fan rotations, voltages, and tem- peratures. It also has a utility that lets you review useful information about your computer , such as hard disk space, memory usage, and CPU type, CPU speed, and internal/external frequencies through the DMI Explorer . 6.1.1 Starting ASUS PC Probe When ASUS PC Probe starts, a splash screen appears allowing you to select whether to show the screen again when you open PC Probe or not. T o by- pass this startup screen, clear the Show up in next execution check box. T o open ASUS PC Probe, click the W indows Start button, point to Pro- grams , and then ASUS Utility, and then click Pr obe Vx.xx . The PC Probe icon will appear on the taskbar â s system tray indicating that ASUS PC Probe is running. Clicking the icon will allow you to see the status of your PC. 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 92 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE ASUS PC Probe 6.1.2 Using ASUS PC Probe Monitoring Monitor Summary Shows a summary of the items being monitored. T emperature Monitor Shows the PC â s temperature (for supported processors only). T emperature Warning threshold adjustment (Move the slider up to increase the threshold level or down to decrease the threshold level) Fan Monitor Shows the PC â s fan rotation. V oltage Monitor Shows the PC â s voltages. Fan W arning threshold adjustment (Move the slider up to increase the threshold level or down to decrease the threshold level)
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 93 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE ASUS PC Probe Settings Lets you set threshold levels and poll- ing intervals or refresh times of the PC â s temperature, fan rotation, and voltages. History Lets you record the monitoring activ- ity of a certain component of your PC for future reference. Information Hard Drives Shows the used and free space of the PC â s hard disk drives and the file allo- cation table or file system used. Fan Control Lets you enable/disable Smart Fan Con- trol. Smart Fan Control adjusts the fan speed automatically based on the current CPU temperature and predefined thresh- old. CPU Cooling System Setup Lets you select when to enable software CPU cooling. When When CPU Overheated is selected, the CPU cooling system is enabled whenever the CPU temperature reaches the threshold value. Click to open the next set of Moni- toring options. Click to open the previous set of Monitoring options.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 94 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE Device Summary Shows a summary of devices in your PC. DMI Explorer Shows information pertinent to the PC, such as CPU type, CPU speed, and in- ternal/external frequencies, and memory size. Utility Lets you run programs outside of the ASUS Probe modules. T o run a program, click Execute Program. NOTE: This feature is currently unavailable. 6. S/W REFERENCE ASUS PC Probe Memory Shows the PC â s memory load, memory usage, and paging file usage.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 95 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6.1.3 ASUS PC Probe T ask Bar Icon Right clicking the P C Probe icon will bring up a menu to open o r exit ASUS PC Probe and pause or resume all sys- tem monitoring. When the ASUS PC Probe senses a problem wi th your PC, portions of the ASUS PC Probe icon changes to red, the PC speaker beeps, and the ASUS PC Probe monitor is dis- played. 6. S/W REFERENCE ASUS PC Probe
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 96 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE XGplayer 6.2 Y AMAHA SoftSynthesizer S-YXG50 The XGplayer that is installed when you choose this option is an application that is used to playback multimedia files. The XGplayer allows playback of MIDI files (.mid, .rmi), audio files (.wav , .mp3), movie files (.avi, .mpg) and audio CDs all from a single application. W ith MIDI files, you can mix, arrange (change voices/ effects) and attach MIDI files to e-mails. Also, its links to various Internet services allows you to listen to music on web sites or purchase music easily . 6.2.1 Using Y AMAHA XGplayer T o set up the S-YXG50 SoftSynthesizer to match your system â s performance (for example, playback sound, quality priority/CPU load reduction priority), click Start , point to Programs, point to Y AMAHA SoftSynthesizer S-YXG50 , and then click S-YXG50 Setup . Y ou may also right-click the Y AMAHA SXG Driver icon on the taskbar and then click SoftSynthesizer Setup . T o get help on the SoftSynthesizer settings, click Start, point to Pr ograms , point to Y AMAHA SoftSynthesizer S-YXG50 , and then click S-YXG50 Help. T o start the Y AMAHA XGplayer , click Start, point to Programs, point to Y AMAHA SoftSynthesizer S-YXG50 , and then click XGplayer . Y ou may also right-click the Y AMAHA SXG Driver icon on the taskbar and then click XGplayer . For details on the Y AMAHA XGplayer , click the Help icon on the Main Panel. Y ou may also right-click the Y AMAHA SXG Driver icon on the taskbar and then click SoftSynthesizer Help . 6.2.2 Y AMAHA XGplayer Main Panel Master V olume Control Select T op Song Select Final Song Select Previous Song Select Next Song Playback Pause Fast Forward Rewind V ersion Information Song Number Display Power Setup Key Control T empo Control
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 97 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6.2.3 Y AMAHA XGplayer Mixer Panel T o open the Mixer Panel, click the Open Mixer icon on the Main Panel. 6.2.4 Y AMAHA XGplayer Minimize Panel T o open the Minimize Panel, click theMinimize icon on the Main Panel. V ersion Information Power Master V olume Slider Help Return to Original State Open Mixer Song Name Display T ime Display Select Previous Song Select Next Song Playback Pause Stop Smart Arrangement Block Effects Block Master V olume Slider Exit Minimize Effect Control CPU Usage Rate Polyphony Level Meter Display Channel V olume Slider Pan Knob Channel Solo V oice Select Channel Mute 6. S/W REFERENCE XGPlayer
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 98 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE XGPlayer 6.2.5 T roubleshooting Cannot install ⢠Do you have the required hardware, such as hard disk and memory? ⢠Do you have the required software, such as MS-DOS and W indows? ⢠Installation may not be possible if you have insufficient space on your hard disk. Delete unneeded files to increase the free space on your disk. Does not start ⢠Do you have the required hardware, such as hard disk and memory? ⢠Do you have the required software, such as MS-DOS and W indows? ⢠W ere you able to install using the specified procedure? No sound ⢠Is the MIDI driver correctly installed? ⢠Is the tone generator set correctly? ⢠Is volume set to zero in the XGstudio Player or XGstudio Mixer panels? ⢠If you are using an external tone generator , is the serial or MIDI cable and the audio cables connected correctly? ⢠Are the volumes of your tone generator , audio playback system, and application raised? ⢠If you have connected an external tone generator via a serial cable, is the rear panel select switch set correctly? (For the name of the select switch, refer to the owner's manual for your external tone generator .) ⢠If you are using a Soft Synthesizer , is it set so that the computer sound output is heard correctly?
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 99 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6.3 ASUS LiveUpdate ASUS LiveUpdate is a utility that allows you to update your motherboard â s BIOS and drivers. The use of this utility requires that you are properly con- nected to the Internet through an I nternet S ervice Provider (ISP). 1. Start ASUS Update. Launch the utility from Start | Programs | ASUS Utility | ASUS LiveUpdate. 2. Select an update method. 3. If you selected updating/downloading from the Internet, you will need to select an Internet site. Choose the site that is closest to you or click Auto Select . If you selected Update fr om a file , you will be prompted to locate the file. 6. S/W REFERENCE LiveUpdate
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 100 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE (This page was intentionally left blank.) 6. S/W REFERENCE
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 101 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 6.4 CyberLink PowerPlayer SE CyberLink PowerPlayer SE is an intelligent software player that can automatically detect and playback all kinds of video/audio files, CD and MP3 files as well. This is the only software you need for all types of video and audio files. No need to waste time identifying your file types. 6.4.1 Starting CyberLink PowerPlayer SE T o start CyberLink Power Player, click the W indows Start button, point to Programs , and then CyberLink PowerPlayer SE , and then click PowerPlayer . 6.4.2 CyberLink PowerPlayer Control Panel Power Off Help Eject Minimize Zoom About Backstep Frame Backward Scan Stop Forward Scan Step Frame Next Previous Stop Configuration i-Power! CD Mode Shuffle Play Increase V olume Mute Decrease V olume Karaoke Next angle Next audio stream Next subtitle Add bookmark Capture frame Go-Up Repeat Menu Go to bookmark
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 102 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 6.5 CyberLink PowerDVD CyberLink PowerDVD is the flagship of CyberLink â s complete range of video and audio software products. It features unrivaled functions allowing users to view high quality video and media-rich DVD contents on the personal computer . W ith the i- Power Internet Enabling feature, PowerDVD opens DVD enthusiasts to on-line DVD resources via the PowerDVD Desktop Portal Page. 6.5.1 Starting CyberLink PowerDVD T o start CyberLink PowerDVD, click the W indows Start button, point to Pr ograms , and then CyberLink PowerDVD , and then click PowerDVD . 6.5.2 CyberLink PowerDVD User Interface Control Panel (closed) Control Wheel Functions Main Display Exit Minimize Eject Help Full Screen / Video W indow CD/File Mode
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 103 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 6.6 CyberLink V ideoLive Mail CyberLink â s V ideoLive Mail Plus V er 3.0 (a.k.a. VLM 3) is a convenient and excel- lent way to create professional quality video mails from PC video/audio input de- vices and to send the mails to any recipients via VLM 3 â s built-in e-mail system through the Internet. VLM 3 â s mails comprise video, sound, or snapshot informa- tion; and thus may convey the most profound information to tar get audiences. It is very convenient for mail recipients who do not need to install additional software component in order to view VLM 3 mails. VLM 3 works as a very applicant sales tool. It ef ficiently delivers profound and live product information to your tar get customers without costing a fortune. VLM 3 also helps corporate managers easily give vivid speeches and broadcast through corpo- rate E-mail system. For personal or home users, VLM 3 easily records live video clips allowing users to send them to friends or family members across the Internet. VLM 3 loads video messages from PC cameras, digital camcorders, analog camcorder via video capture cards, or from an existing A VI video clips, and captures audio messages from PC microphones. V ideo and audio messages are encoded at a very high compressed rate in a real-time mode. From data input, data conversion, to sending video mails via Internet, or saving data to disks, the whole procedure is done in an easy and continuous process. VLM 3 â s video clip compression rate is up to 1:900, and its playback rate is up to 30 frame per second. VLM 3 provides CIF (352 x 288 pixel) display resolution, and support true color configuration. A one-minute video mail with QCIF (176 x 144) resolution takes up less than 500KB of memory , making it easy to transmit and save mail. Users may always adjust resolution and recording parameters for different purpose. VLM 3 supports all the hardware devices that are compliant with V ideo for W in- dows standard. V ideo for W indows is a well-accepted and well-tested standard. Thus, users do not have to worry about compatibility issues.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 104 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 6.7.2 CyberLink VideoLive Mail User Interface 6.6.1 Starting VideoLive Mail T o start V ideoLive Mail , click the W indows Start button, point to Programs, and then CyberLink VideoLive Mail , and then click V ideoLive Mail x.x . VLM 3 â s Setup W izard will start and guide you through configuring the video and audio input peripherals and to setup the e-mail environment. 1. Setup W izard first will prompt a dialog to confirm that you want to configure the hardware and E-mail setting. Click Ye s to continue the system parameter configuration. 2. The e-mail configuration screen appears. Y ou will need to enter your name and the e-mail address. Click Next to continue. 3. The Internet e-mail configuration screen appears. Y ou may choose to use the VLM 3 built-in E-mail functionality (SMTP mail), or use MAPI compliant e- mail system. Consult your ISP or MIS staff for the E-mail server IP address if you are not sure. Click Next to continue. 4. Then the V ideo Configuration screen shows up. Y ou may have to specify the video driver for VLM 3, if there are several video-input devices installed. Then configure the number of video frames to be captured per second. Note that the more frames you choose, the bigger the file size will be. Click Next to continue. 5. Then the Setup W izard will then search for the GSM CODECS module for au- dio compression, and prompt you with the result. Click Next to continue. 6. Setup W izard then tests the audio volume during playing and recording. Click Next when ready . 7. Configuration done. Click Finish to complete the environmental setting proce- dure. Start Playback Video Configuration Snapshot to File Exit Minimize Help Pause Stop Recording / Playback Start Recording Increase MIC volume Decrease MIC volume Increase speaker volume D e crease speaker volume Video Mail W izard Send Mail Send Mail Save Video File Load Video File
6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 6.7 ASUS Control Panel The motherboard â s built-in 2D/3D AGP VGA supports high-end professional graphics design, gaming, learning, and business applications. NOTE: Depending on your system configuration, components, and options, your system may not show all of the settings displayed in the following pictures. ASUS CUA User â s Manual 105 ASUS Control Panel icon NOTE: Instead of clicking the ASUS Control Panel icon, you may right-click the W indows95/98 desktop, click Properties , and then click Settings. Under W indows98, click Advanced after clicking Settings . Click the appro- priate tab to change your display settings. After installation of the display drivers, you will find an ASUS icon on the taskbar â s status area. Clicking or right- clicking this icon opens the ASUS Control Panel, show- ing a menu composed of shortcuts of the graphics board â s enhanced and other functions. 6.7.1 Refresh Rate Refr esh Rate lets you change the refresh rate of your current screen resolution. 1. Click/right-click the ASUS Control Panel icon, point to Refr esh Rate , and then click the desired refresh rate. 2. The system will then prompt you whether you want to keep the setting you just se- lected. Click OK to keep the setting, other - wise, click Cancel or press ESC. W ARNING! Be sure that the refresh rate that you select is supported by your monitor . Selecting a refresh rate that is beyond your monitor â s specification may damage it. Pr ess ESC to r estore your original settings in case of problems.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 106 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 6.7.2 More Resolution More Resolution lets you change the screen resolution of your monitor . 1. Click/right-click the ASUS Con- trol Panel icon, point to Mor e Resolution , and then click the de- sired screen resolution. The sys- tem will automatically set the resolution selected without re- starting your computer . WINDOWS95 USERS: Y ou will be prompted to restart your com- puter if you select a screen reso- lution with a dif ferent color depth, for example, from 800x600 HiColor to 800x600 T rueColor . Click OK to restart your computer to make the change. 6.7.3 Information Information lists the relevant infor - mation about your card. Aside from this, it has links to the ASUST eK COMPUTER, INC. web site for up- dated information about the graphics board, latest drivers, and other infor - mation.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 107 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 6.7.4 Color Color allows you to make color adjustments, such as brightness, contrast, and gamma values for each or all of the RGB colors. These adjustments can be made for Desk- top, D3D/Game, V ideo, and OpenGL. The color settings of Desktop, D3D/Game, and OpenGL are not adjustable under 8-bit colr depth. Desktop Desktop lets you adjust the color of your W indows desktop. D3D/Game D3D/Game lets you make your favorite color settings for D3D games. V ideo V ideo lets you make your favorite color settings for videos. OpenGL OpenGL lets you make your favorite color settings for OpenGL applications.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 108 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 General Functions Brightness / Contrast / Gamma Brightness / Contrast / Gamma sliders let you calibrate the brightness, contrast, and gamma output of your display card. Desktop Changes to your color settings are shown immediately on your monitor . Y ou may change the preview picture by clicking Load from the Desktop box. Dragging a slider to the left decreases the level and to the right increases it. The number at the right of each slider displays the brightness (value range: -128 to 128, default: 0), contrast (-30 to 30, default: 0), or gamma value (0.2 to 3.0, default: 1.0). D3D/Game / OpenGL Changes to your color settings are shown immediately on your monitor . Brightness / Contrast / Hue / Saturation Brightness / Contrast / Hue / Satura- tion sliders let you calibrate the bright- ness, contrast, hue, and saturation out- put of your display card. V ideo Changes to your settings can be viewed on the displayed picture (shown as race horses). Scheme Scheme lists schemes that you can use to change the appearance of many screen elements simultaneously . Y ou can use existing schemes, or create and save your own scheme by saving your current settings, or delete unwanted schemes. Y ou may want to save a scheme that you created for some spe- cial situations, such as when you want to use the same settings when playing a certain game or a movie. Color Spline Color Spline shows how each (R, G, or B) or all channels are distributed when you move the Brightness, Con- trast, or Gamma slider to make your adjustments. Y ou can adjust all chan- nels at once ( All) or individual chan- nels ( R , G, or B ). Dragging a slider to the left decreases the level and to the right increases it. The number at the right of each slider displays the brightness (value range: -100 to 100, default: 0), contrast (0 to 200, default: 100), hue (-180 to 180, default: 0), or saturation value (0 to 200, default: 100).
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 109 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 Important Notes D3D/Game The color settings of D3D/Game take ef fect only when you are playing a full-scr een DirectDraw/Direct3D game. V ideo Only one overlay is allowed at a time. That is, when you click V ideo first and then run your favorite video player , you can only see the adjustments you made to the settings in the preview window because the video player cannot use the hardware acceleration function (overlay). On the other hand, if you run your video player first before opening V ideo , the preview window will show a warning message. The mes- sage may also appear when you click V ideo and the dialog box is on the wrong monitor in a W indows 98/2000 multiple display environment.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 110 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 6.7.5 Display Display lets you make monitor adjustments, such as position, size, and refresh rate. W ARNING! Adjusting position or size, especially refresh rate is a highly danger- ous operation. Selecting a value that is beyond your monitor â s specification may damage it. Pr ess ESC to r estor e your original settings in case of pr oblems. VGA Adjustment Position sets the screen position Size sets the screen size Synchronization Adjusts the synchronization polarity settings Change current r efresh rate (W indows 98 only) Displays the Change current refresh rate box to let you customize a new refresh rate. T o change the current refresh rate 1 . Click Change current r efr esh rate . 2 . In the Refresh rate list under Change current r efresh rate , click the nearest default refresh rate and then adjust the Edit r efresh rate slider to the rate you want, click T est and then click YES when prompted to add the new refresh rate into the list. Otherwise, the original refresh rate will be restored. Load default Restores the settings to their defaults. Disable Monitor Check Lets you disable the specification check of your monitor . That is, you may select all the resolutions and refresh rates that the VGA card can support. Note: Choosing a resolution or refresh rate beyond the monitor specifications may damage your monitor .
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 111 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 Change r efresh rate Displays the Change refresh rate box to let you change the refresh rate of any screen resolution. GDI (W indows 98 only) GDI lets you change the refresh rate of the Windows desktop. T o change the refresh rate 1. Click Change refr esh rate . 2. In the Refresh Rate list under the GDI tab, select the refresh rate you want to use. A T est button appears to let you test the selected refresh rate and resolution combination. Click YES when prompted whether to keep the new refresh rate. Otherwise, the original refresh rate will be re- stored. DirectDraw DirectDraw lets you change the refresh rate of DirectDraw . It is most useful when you are playing a full-screen game. T o change the refresh rate 1. Click Change refr esh rate . 2. In the Refresh Rate list under the DirectDraw tab, select the refresh rate you want to use.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 112 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 TV NOTE: This tab will not be avail- able if your computer is not con- nected to a TV . Position Sets the screen position. Standard Sets the TV signal format, for example, P AL or NTSC. Output type Displays the connection status of composite and S-Video. Scan type Sets the scan type of the TV display . Black Level Sets the brightness of the TV display . Contrast Sets the contrast of the TV display . Flicker Filter Sets the anti-flicker effect. Digital Flat Panel NOTE: This tab will not be avail- able if your computer is not con- nected to a digital flat panel. This tab lets you determine how lower resolutions are displayed on your de- vice, whether to Use display adapter scaling , Centered output , or Use monitor scaling .
113 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 6.7.6 Advanced Advanced provides some advanced settings for the onboard VGA chip and ASUS VR-100G 3D Glasses (optional) and Direct3D and OpenGL, which are software interfaces for the VGA chip. Direct3D VR Background Background is set in conjunction with Foreground to extend or stretch the histogram chart on the D3D OSD box to scale the depth of 3D objects. On the D3D OSD box, move the Foreground slider to the left to adjust Foreground to the Z value of objects toward 1.0. On the Advanced dialog box (see above), several current games set their Background to 100. Blind Lets you discard â garbageâ or crop the unwanted areas of your leftmost/rightmost display . Setting this to 0 will not discard any of the display area while setting it to a higher value will clear them. Tips 1. Make sure that the 3D objects of your games do not appear extremely separated between the scenes of two eyes, especially near ob- jects. 2. Make some objects appear outside your screen and other objects inside the screen. A ratio of 1:3 to 1:5 of objects outside and inside is rec- ommended. 3. For car racing games, you can use Emboss- ment to make just your car appear outside the screen. 4. For first-person shooting games, you can use Embossment to make just your hand/weapon appear outside the screen. Foreground Foreground is set in conjunction with Background to extend or stretch the histogram chart on the D3D OSD box to scale the depth of 3D objects. Some games require only a little range of Z to make bad stereoscopic effect. On the D3D OSD box, move the Foreground slider to the left to adjust Foreground to the Z value of objects stretched toward 0.0. On the Advanced dialog box (see above), several cur- rent games set their Foreground to 60. VR Ef fect Lists all parameters to fine tune the stereo- scopic effects for your Direct 3D games. Enable Stereoscopic Mode When selected, this enables you to use the stereo- scopic mode when playing games or watching 3D videos. This mode is available only with an ASUS 3D glasses connected. NOTE: Y ou must quit all running DirectDraw/ Direct3D applications and then restart them for this option to take effect. Load Default Restores the settings to their defaults. Depth Adjust this to add more depth to the scene.When set to a too high value, eye discomfort/fatigue may occur . Embossment Adjust this to add more to the illusion of objects being pulled or popping out of the screen. See On Screen Display later in this section for details. When set to a too high value, eye discomfort/fa- tigue may occur . Direction Move the slider to the left when adjusting Emboss- ment does not give the expected effects (e.g., some objects being pulled or popping out of the screen and other objects being pulled into the screen) to some games. This should not be a concern because only a few games require the default â â setting to be changed, that is setting it to âââ .
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 114 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 W ARNING! T o prevent discomfort and eye fatigue when using your stereoscopic or 3D glasses, DO NOT try to use your 3D glasses for an extended period of time. T ake frequent short breaks to give your muscles and eyes a chance to rest by taking off your 3D glasses and then looking up and focusing on distant objects. IMPORT ANT : Befor e enabling ster eoscopic mode and using your optional ste- r eoscopic or 3D glasses (ASUS VR-100G) , make sure that your monitor can sup- port the selected refresh rate (interlaced mode) under the following display modes: 16 bits: 640 x 480, 800 x 600, 960 x 720, 1024 x 768, 1 152 x 864 32 bits: 640 x 480, 800 x 600 Mode Line Interleave Select for better compatibility with most monitors, particularly monitors with less bandwidth or less range of horizontal/vertical frequency . Stereoscopic visual quality , however , will be poor because only half the number of vertical lines are generated with this mode. Page Flipping Select for the best stereoscopic visual quality . Page Flipping provides double vertical resolution compared with Line Interleave. Y our monitor must be able to support the high frequency (at least 100Hz) necessary for this mode. Refresh Rate T o prevent eye discomfort and fatigue, high refresh rates are preferred. Some monitors, however , may not be able to support a high refresh rate. Make sure that your monitor supports a selected refresh rate; otherwise, your monitor may become unstable, for example, a blank screen may occur . Scheme Scheme lists schemes that you can use to change the appearance of many screen elements simultaneously . Y ou can use existing schemes, or create and save your own scheme by saving your current settings, or delete unwanted schemes. Y ou may want to save a scheme that you created for some special situations, such as when you want to use the same settings when playing a certain game or a movie. On Screen Display Enable OSD When selected, this lets you open the D3D On Screen Display (you may use the defined Hotkey) and then adjust onscreen the settings of your 3D glasses and display card when playing Direct 3D games. Hotkey This lets you assign hot keys to enable onscreen display or OSD. T o use this function, select Enable OSD . Y ou may want to change the default hot key ( CTRL AL T O ) when it conflicts with hot keys of certain games, video players, or Windows programs. T o change the default hot keys 1. With your mouse cursor in the Hotkey box, press the hot key combination of your choice (you can only define CTRL AL T key combinations). Hot keys automatically include CTRL AL T . Press any valid key (you cannot use ESC , ENTER , TA B , SP ACEBAR , PRINT SCREEN , or BACKSP ACE ) you want to add to this combi- nation. For example, to define the hot key combination CTRL AL T D , press D . NOTE: The hot keys will be available only if you selected the Enable OSD check box.
115 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 OSD Settings All registered and unregistered trademarks are the property of their respective users. No intended endorsement of these products or games by ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. and its subsidiaries is intended or implied. The OSD Histogram Chart lets you determine at which Z range 3D objects are located and how they gather . For example, if this chart (simulated) was displayed on a car racing game, the vertices to the left of the E line could be the model of your car and to the right of the E line could be the road, houses, other cars or trees in front of your car . So, with this information, you could ⢠Adjust Embossment by moving the E line. ⢠Adjust Foreground/Background, thus stretching the histogram to make objects more evenly distributed. NOTE: Using the histogram chart requires games using Direct3D 6.0 or earlier . Known Issues on Specific Games See the included support CD for the latest information ( D3DVR.TXT in the WIN9X folder). The OSD settings include Depth , Embossment , Direction , Background , Foreground , Blind , Brightness , Contrast , and Gamma . See 6. Software Reference | Advanced for a description of the 3D glasses settings and 6. Software Reference | Color for a description of the display settings. When selected, this lets you to adjust onscreen the settings of your 3D glasses and display card when playing games or watching 3D videos. These settings include Eyes , Distance , Embossment , Background , Fore- ground , Blind , Brightness , Contrast , and Gamma . See 6 . Software Reference | Advanced for a description of the 3D glasses settings and 6. Software Reference | Color for a description of the display settings. Use the UP or DOWN arrow keys on your keyboard to select a setting that you want to change or adjust and the PLUS or MINUS keys to move or drag the slider . T o restore the settings to their defaults, press the HOME key . T o close the onscreen display , press the END key . OSD Histogram Chart Z=0.0 E Embossment Z=1.0 Number of vertices on this Z-value 0 1 Beetle Crazy Cup ⢠is copyright © 2000 by INFORGRAMES Original idea and development by XPIRAL ⢠(Efecto Caos S.L.)
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 116 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 (This page was intentionally left blank.)
117 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 6. Software Reference 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 Direct3D Windows 98 Onl y Performance and Compatibility Options Enable fog table emulation Some old games do not correctly query the D3D hardware capabilities and expect table fog support. Choos- ing this option will ensure that such games will run properly . Adjust Z-buffer depth to rendering depth if unequal This option forces the hardware to automatically adjust the depth of its Z-buffer to the depth that the applica- tion requests. Normally , you will want to keep this option enabled, unless your work absolutely requires a specific Z-buffer depth. Enable alternate depth buffering technique This option lets the hardware use a different mechanism for depth buf fering in 16-bit applications. Enabling this setting can produce higher quality rendering of 3D images. Display logo when running Direct3D applications This option lets you display the Nvidia logo in the lower corner of the screen while running Direct3D applica- tions.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 118 6. Software Reference 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 Mipmapping Options Mipmap levels automatically generated This option lets the hardware automatically generate mipmaps to increase the efficiency of texture transfers across the bus and provide higher application performance. Auto-mipmap method This option lets you choose the auto-mipmap method. Choose bilinear method for a generally improved performance or anisotropic method for a generally higher quality image. Mipmap detail level This option lets you adjust the level of detail bias for mipmaps. A lower bias will increase the application performance. Command Buffer Location Command Buffer Location lets you choose the location of the command buffer . Default setting is Strict AGP . Strict AGP This option forces all the command buffer into the AGP memory . Choose for best performance. PCI This option forces the command buffer to be created into the PCI memory . If you are experiencing stability problems with your system (especially with some Socket 7 motherboards), choose this option for better compatibility . PCI with reduced heap This option forces the command buffer to be created into the PCI memory . This, however , also reduces the AGP heap size by an amount equal to the size of the command buf fer . If you are experiencing stability problems with your system (especially with some Socket 7 motherboards), choose this option for best com- patibility . Performance is, however , poorer using this option compared with the PCI option.
119 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 6. Software Reference 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 PCI T exture Memory Size NOTE: This setting applies only when running in PCI compatibility mode. PCI T exture Memory Size lets you set the amount of system memory for texture storage. Clicking the up arrow increases the memory size while clicking the down arrow decreases the size of system memory for textures. The maximum amount of sys- tem memory for texture storage depends on the physi- cal memory installed on your system. T urn off V -SYNC waiting T urn off V -SYNC waiting lets an image to be im- mediately rendered to the screen without waiting to be synchronized with the vertical retrace of the monitor . This option allows for frame rates higher than the refresh rate of your monitor . This may , however , produce visual artifacts and tearing, re- sulting in reduced image quality . More Options Pre-Rendering Maximum pre-render frames allows you to limit the number of frames the CPU can prepare before they are processed by the graphics chip when ver- tical sync is turned off. Reduce this value if you ex- perience, while playing games, a noticeable delay in the response of the input devices connected to your computer . T exel Alignment Changing these values will change where the texel origin is defined. The default values conform to the Direct3D specifications. Some software may expect the texel origin to be defined elsewhere. The im- age quality of such applications will improve if the texel origin is redefined. Dragging the slider to the left positions the texel origin toward the upper left corner and to the right positions it toward the center (range: 0 to 7, default: 3).
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 120 6. Software Reference 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 OpenGL VR Mode Line Interleave Select for better compatibility with most monitors, particularly monitors with less specifications. Stereoscopic visual quality , however , will be poor because only half the number of vertical lines are generated with this mode. Page Flipping Select for the best stereoscopic visual quality . Page Flipping provides double vertical resolution compared with Line Interleave. Y our monitor must be able to support the high frequency (at least 100Hz) necessary for this mode. Refresh Rate T o prevent eye discomfort and fatigue, high refresh rates are preferred. Some monitors, however , may not be able to support a high refresh rate. Make sure that your monitor supports a selected refresh rate; otherwise, your monitor may become unstable, for example, a blank screen may occur . Scheme Scheme lists schemes that you can use to change the appearance of many screen elements simultaneously . Y ou can use existing schemes, or create and save your own scheme by saving your current settings, or delete unwanted schemes. Y ou may want to save a scheme that you created for some special situations, such as when you want to use the same settings when playing a certain game or a movie. Embossment Adjust this to add more to the illusion of objects being pulled or popping out of the screen. See On Screen Display later in this section for details. When set to a too high value, eye discomfort/fatigue may occur . T o achieve a better stereoscopic visual quality , set Embossment in conjunction with View Angle . VR Effect Enable Stereoscopic Mode When selected, this enables you to use the stereo- scopic mode when running OpenGL 3D applica- tions and games. This mode is available only with an ASUS 3D glasses connected. Eyes Distance between both eyes. Adjust this to bring objects into focus. Default: 0. View Angle The angle by which your two viewing directions in- tersect. Ad jus t t hi s to add more depth to the scene.When set to a too high value, eye discomfort/ fatigue may occur . W ARNING! T o prevent discomfort and eye fatigue when using your stereoscopic or 3D glasses, DO NOT try to use your 3D glasses for an extended period of time. T ake frequent short breaks to give your muscles and eyes a chance to rest by taking off your 3D glasses and then looking up and focusing on distant objects. IMPORT ANT : Befor e enabling OpenGL ster eoscopic mode and using your ster eo- scopic or 3D glasses (ASUS VR-100G) , make sure that you select a high resolution. The equivalent Stereo Mode resolution of a particular resolution is lower , thus: 16 bits: 2048x1536 â 1024x768 Stereo Mode 32 bits: 1280x960 â 640x480 Stereo Mode, 1280x1024 â 640x480 Stereo Mode, 1600x900 â 800x600 Stereo Mode, 1600x1200 â 800x600 Stereo Mode
121 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 6. Software Reference 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 Unreal T ournament ⢠is copyright © 1999 by Epic Games, Inc. On Screen Display Enable OSD When selected, this lets you open the D3D On Screen Display (you may use the defined Hotkey) and then adjust onscreen the settings of your 3D glasses and display card when playing games or watching 3D videos. Hotkey This lets you assign hot keys to enable onscreen display or OSD. T o use this function, select Enable OSD . Y ou may want to change the default hot key ( CTRL AL T O ) when it conflicts with hot keys of certain games, video players, or Windows programs. T o change the default hot keys 1. With your mouse cursor in the Hotkey box, press the hot key combination of your choice (you can only define CTRL AL T key combinations). Hot keys automatically include CTRL AL T . Press any valid key (you cannot use ESC , ENTER , TA B , SP ACEBAR , PRINT SCREEN , or BACKSP ACE ) you want to add to this combi- nation. For example, to define the hot key combination CTRL AL T D , press D . NOTE: The hot keys will be available only if you selected the Enable OSD check box. OSD Settings When selected, this lets you to adjust onscreen the settings of your 3D glasses and display card when playing games or watching 3D videos. These settings include Eyes , View Angle , Embossment , Brightness , Con- trast , and Gamma . See 6. Software Reference | Advanced for a description of the 3D glasses settings and 6. Software Reference | Color for a description of the display settings. Use the UP or DOWN arrow keys on your keyboard to select a setting that you want to change or adjust and the PLUS or MINUS keys to move or drag the slider . T o restore the settings to their defaults, press the HOME key . T o close the onscreen display , press the END key . Known Issues on Selected Games/Applications See the included support CD for the latest information ( OPENGL VR.TXT in the WIN9X folder). All registered and unregistered trademarks are the property of their respective users. No intended endorsement of these products or games by ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. and its subsidiaries is intended or implied.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 122 6. Software Reference 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 OpenGL Windows 98 Onl y Performance and Compatibility Options Enable buffer region extension This option allows the drivers to use the OpenGL extension GL_KTX_buffer_region. Allow the dual planes extension to use local video memory This option allows the use of local video memory when the GL_KTX_buffer_region extension is enabled. Use fast linear-mipmap-linear filtering This option allows increased application performance at the expense of some image quality loss. In many cases, the loss of image quality may not be noticeable. Enable anisotropic filtering This option allows OpenGL to use anisotropic filtering for improved image quality . Enable alternate depth buffering technique This option lets the hardware use a different mechanis, for depth buffering in 16-bit applications. Enabling this setting produces higher quality rendering of 3D images. Disable support for enhanced CPU instruction sets This option disables driver support for enhanced 3D instruction sets by certain CPUs. Enable full scene antialiasing This option lets OpenGL use full scene antialiasing.
123 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 6. Software Reference 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 Default color depth for textures Maximum system memory (MB) for textures in PCI mode Clicking the up arrow increases the memory size while clicking the down arrow decreases the size of system memory for textures. The maximum amount of system memory for texture storage de- pends on the physical memory installed on your system. Default color depth for textures determines whether textures of a specific color depth should be used by default in OpenGL applications. Options are Use desktop color depth (default), Always use 16 bpp, and Always use 32 bpp . Buf fer flipping mode Buffer flipping mode determines the buffer flipping mode for full-screen OpenGL applications. Options are Auto-select (default), Use block transfer, and Use page flip . V ertical sync V ertical sync lets you specify how vertical sync is handled in OpenGL. Options are Always off (default), Off by default , On by default . Maximum system memory (MB) for textures in PCI mode lets you set the amount of system memory for texture storage. NOTE: This setting applies only when running in PCI compatibility mode.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 124 6. Software Reference 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 Other Windows 98 Onl y Monitor T iming Monitor Timing lets you select the proper timing mode for your monitor . Auto-Detect (let Windows determine the proper mode) This option allows Windows to receive the proper timing information directly from the monitor itself. This is the default setting. NOTE: Some older monitors may not support this feature. General Timing Formula (GTF) GTF is a standard used by most new hardware. Discrete Monitor Timings (DMT) DMT is an older standard still in use on some hardware. Select this option if your hardware requires DMT .
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 125 7.1 PCI-L101 Fast Ethernet Card If you are using the ASUS PCI-L101 on an ASUS motherboard, leave the jumper on its defaut setting of â ASUS.â If you are using another brand of motherboard, set the jumper to â Other . â Connect the W ake on LAN (WOL) output signal to the motherboard â s WOL_CON in order to utilize the wake on LAN feature of the moth- erboard. Connect the LAN activity output signal (LAN_LED) to the system cabinet â s front panel LAN_LED in order to display the LAN data activity . 7. APPENDIX ASUS LAN Card LAN Activity Output Signal RJ45 LEDs Motherboard type Wake on LAN Output Signal ASUS Other Intel Chipset 7. APPENDIX
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 126 7. APPENDIX 7.1.1 Features ⢠Intel 82558 Ethernet LAN Controller (Fully integrated 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX) ⢠W ake-On-LAN Remote Control Function Supported ⢠PCI Bus Master Complies to PCI Local Bus Rev . 2.1 specifications ⢠Consists of MAC & PHY (10/100Mbps) interfaces ⢠Complies to IEEE 802.3 10BASE-T and IEEE 802.3u 100BASE-TX interfaces ⢠Fully supports 10BASE-T & 100BASE-TX operations through a single RJ45 port ⢠Supports 32-bit Bus Master T echnology / PCI Rev . 2.1 ⢠Enhancements on ACPI & APM ⢠Adheres to PCI Bus Power Management Interface Rev . 1.0, ACPI Rev . 1.0, and Device Class Power Management Rev . 1.0 ⢠IEEE 802.3u auto-negotiation for 10Mbps/100Mbps Network Data T ransfer Rates. ⢠Provides LED indicators for monitoring network conditions ⢠Plug and Play 7.1.2 Software Driver Support ⢠NetW are ODI Drivers - Novell Netware 3.x, 4.x, DOS, OS/2 Client ⢠NDIS 2.01 Drivers - Microsoft LAN Manager , Microsoft W indows 3.1 1, IBM LAN Server ⢠NDIS 3.0 Drivers - Microsoft W indows NT , Microsoft W indows 95, Microsoft W indows 3.1 1 7.1.3 Question and Answer Q: What is W ake-On-LAN ? A: The W ake-On-LAN feature provides the capability to remotely power on sys- tems supporting W ake-On-LAN by simply sending a wake-up frame. W ith this feature, remotely uploading/downloading data to/from systems during of f-peak hours will be feasible. Q: What can W ake-On-LAN do for you ? A: W ake-On-LAN is a remote management tool with advantages that can reduce system management workload, provide flexibility to the system administrator â s job, and then of course save you time-consuming ef forts and costs. Q: What components does W ake-On-LAN require to be enable? A: T o enable W ake-On-LAN function, your system requires Ethernet LAN adapter card that can activate W ake-On-LAN function, a client with W ake-On-LAN capa- bility , and software such as LDCM Rev . 3.10 or up that can trigger wake-up frame. 7. APPENDIX ASUS LAN Card
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 127 7. APPENDIX 7. APPENDIX Modem Riser 7.2 Modem Riser 7.2.1 56K Software Modem The Modem Riser (MR) is a high-speed PC communication peripheral which works with AMC â97/MC â 97 compliant codecs. W ith this software modem, you can connect your com- puter to a remote location, receiving data at up to 56 Kbps in V .90 or K56flex modes. 7.2.2 Primary/Seconday MR There are two types of modem risers: primary MR and secondary MR. In appearance, the primary MR has a crystal onboard but the sec- ondary does not. If your motherboard has an audio codec and no PCI audio chipset on- board, you may use the secondary MR; oth- erwise, you should use the primary MR. 7.2.3 Hardware Installation Procedure 1. Power OFF your computer . 2. Open the computer chassis and re- move the metal plate on the AMR ex- pansion slot. 3. Carefully align the MR card â s connec- tor to the AMR slot and press firmly . 4. Secure the MR card onto the chassis with the screw removed in step 2. 5. Connect the MR card â s LINE connec- tor to a telephone wall jack. Connect the PHONE connector to a telephone (optional). 6. Replace the computer chassis. T op: PHONE Bottom: LINE Codec Crystal Layout of Primary MR
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 128 7. APPENDIX 7. APPENDIX Modem Riser 7.2.4 Software Setup in Windows 98 The Modem Riser supports the Plug and Play feature. It allows your computer to automatically set the optimal configurations for the MR and communication soft- ware. Follow the procedure below to install the modem driver . 1. Power ON the computer after the hard- ware installation is completed. 2 . W indows 98 will automatically detect the modem and display a â PCI Card â mes- sage under â Add New Hardware Found â . 3. Select Search for the best driver for your device and click Next . 4. Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive. Enter the path E :\Modem\W in98 (assuming that your CD-ROM drive is drive E:) for the MR driver . 5. After the driver is located, click Next and then click Finish . 6. Restart your computer . Double click the modem icon at the bottom-right corner of the window . 7. Click the Settings tab. Select your coun- try and language. Click OK . 8. Click Start , point to Settings , click Contr ol Panel , double click Modems , click the General tab, and click Motorala SM56 AC-L Modem . 9. Click Diagnostic and then click the designated COM port as shown. 10. Click More Info... . If the computer sys- tem successfully communicates with the modem, responses will be displayed as shown.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 129 7. APPENDIX 7.3 ASUS CIDB The optional ASUS CIDB is a module for providing audible intrusion alarm and logging for ASUS motherboards equipped with the chassis connector . The module detects a chassis intrusion by either light striking its photo sensor or by the closing or opening of a chassis-mounted momentary toggle switch. An intrusion memory function allows detection and clearing the intrusion notification by the BIOS pro- gram on the next bootup. 7.3.1 Using the ASUS CIDB 1. Y ou must have an ASUS motherboard with: (1) a chassis connector and (2) a System Management Bus (SMB) connector . 2. Connect the CIDB directly to the chassis connector or use the provided exten- sion cable and mount the CIDB to the chassis using a double-sided foam adhe- sive tape or with screws and spacer posts. CAUTION! The CIDB â s component pins and metallic points must not come in contact with another metallic surface or else shorting will occur! 3. Use the SMBIN connector and the provided SMB cable to connect the CIDB to the SMB connector on the motherboard. If another SMB device is already used on the motherboard, you may unplug it and connect it to the SMBOUT connec- tor on the CIDB. 4. Check the hardware settings: ⢠PHOTO jumper should be enabled to use the photo sensor . ⢠MS1 and/or MS2 connectors should be connected to momentary toggle switches mounted on the chassis to use the switch close or switch open method for triggering an intrusion event. Battery for the memory Buzzer to sound the alarm Photo sensor to detect intrusion by light Connector to dock with the motherboardâs SMBus connector Connector to dock with the motherboardâs chassis connector Intrusion memory Photo sensor sensitivity adjustment Chassis connector extension cable SMB cable Pass-through for another SMBus device Connectors to detect intrusion by chassis mounted micro switches 7. APPENDIX ASUS CIDB
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 130 7. APPENDIX 7.3.2 Setting up the ASUS CIDB 7.3.3 ASUS CIDB Additional Considerations 1. If there is no power to the motherboard (i.e. removing the power cord or turning the power supply â s switch off), the alarm will not sound but the CIDB will still memorize an intrusion event which BIOS will detect on the next bootup. 2. Any chassis intrusion detection components on the motherboard will not work if the CIDB is used. 3. The P2B-LS motherboard must use an external battery pack on the EXTBA TT connector or else neither the alarm or intrusion memory functions will work. 5. T o stop the alarm from sounding, use the BIOS setup or momentarily place a jumper on (or short manually) the CLR jumper . Note that the jumper must be removed for the CIDB to work normally again. 6. If you have an updated BIOS with intrusion support, booting the computer after an intrusion may require a password if configured through BIOS. Normal Clear Clear: Stops the alarm from sounding CLR CLR Enable Disable PHOTO: Enable/Disable the Photo Sensor PHOTO PHOTO 1 1 MS1/MS2: Micro Switches from the chassis panels can be connected here to trigger chassis intrusion. (Only one pair--MS1 or MS2--should be used for switch open detection.) MS1 MS2 VR: Sensitivity adjustment for the photo sensor . (5) is the most sensitive. (0) is the least sensitive. 1 2 3 4 5 0 (not sensitive) best range (sensitive) CR2032 3V Lithium Cell Buzzer MS1 MS2 SWITCH CHASIS CIDBOUT (Reserved) SMBIN SMBOUT CLR PHOTO OR VR Close Open SWITCH Close: Intrusion event triggered if either MS1 or MS2 is closed SWITCH Open: Intrusion event triggered if MS1 and MS2 are opened SWITCH 1 1 SWITCH SMBIN SMBOUT SMBCLK Ground SMBDA T A 5V 1 SMBCLK Ground SMBDA T A 5V 1 SMBIN: Connects to the motherboard âs SMB connector through an SMB cable SMBOUT : Connects to another SMB device (if used) 7. APPENDIX ASUS CIDB
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 131 7 . APPENDIX Glossary 7. APPENDIX 7.4 Glossary 1394 1394 is the IEEE designation for the high performance serial bus at 12.5, 25 or 50MBytes/sec speeds. This serial bus defines both a back plane physical layer and a point-to-point cable-connected virtual bus. The primary application of the cable ver- sion is the integration of I/O connectivity at the back panel of personal computers using a low-cost, scalable, high-speed serial interface. The 1394 standard also pro- vides new services such as live connect/disconnect capability for external devices including disk drives, printers and hand-held peripherals such as scanners and cam- eras. This is a new standard to complement the slower USB interface and to compete with the more expensive SCSI interface. AC97 (Audio Codec '97) AC '97 is the next step in enabling PCs with audio quality comparable to consumer electronics devices. The specification defines new cost-effective options to help in- tegrate the components necessary to support next-generation auto-intensive PC ap- plications such as DVD, 3-D multiplayer gaming and interactive music. The speci- fication also defines new extensions supporting modem and docking to help both desktop and mobile manufacturers adopt these new technologies more quickly and cost-effectively . This specification uses software emulation to compete with the PCI SoundBlaster specification. ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) The ACPI specification defines a cross-platform interface designed to support many operating systems. ACPI defines a flexible and abstract hardware interface that pro- vides a standard way to integrate power management features throughout a PC sys- tem, including hardware, operating system and application software. This enables the system to automatically turn ON and OFF peripherals such as CD-ROMs, net- work cards, hard disk drives, and printers, as well as consumer devices connected to the PC such as VCRs, TVs, phones, and stereos. W ith this technology , peripherals will also be able to activate the PC. For example, inserting a tape into a VCR can turn on the PC, which could then activate a lar ge-screen TV and high-fidelity sound system. AGP (Accelerated Graphics Port) An interface specification that enables high-performance 3D graphics on mainstream PCs. AGP was designed to offer the necessary bandwidth and latency to perform texture mapping directly from system memory . Bus Bus Fr equency Bandwidth Data T ransfer Rate PCI 33MHz 33MHz 133MByte/sec AGP 1X 66MHz 66MHz 266MByte/sec AGP 2X 66MHz 133MHz 512MByte/sec AGP 4X 66MHz 266MHz 1024MByte/sec BIOS (Basic Input/Output System) BIOS is a set of routines that af fect how the computer transfers data between com- puter components, such as memory , disks, and the display adapter . The BIOS in- structions are built into the computer â s read-only memory . BIOS parameters can be configured by the user through the BIOS Setup program. The BIOS can be updated using the provided utility to copy a new BIOS file into the EEPROM. Bit (Binary Digit) Represents the smallest unit of data used by the computer . A bit can have one of two values: 0 or 1.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 132 7. APPENDIX 7. APPENDIX Glossary Boot Boot means to start the computer operating system by loading it into system memory . When the manual instructs you to â bootâ your system (or computer), it means to turn ON your computer . â Rebootâ means to restart your computer . When using W in- dows 95 or later , selecting â Restartâ from âStart | Shut Down... â will reboot your computer . Bus Master IDE PIO (Programmable I/O) IDE requires that the CPU be involved in IDE access and waiting for mechanical events. Bus master IDE transfers data to/from the memory without interrupting the CPU. Bus master IDE driver and bus master IDE hard disk drives are required to support bus master IDE mode. Byte (Binary T erm) One byte is a group of eight contiguous bits. A byte is used to represent a single alphanumeric character , punctuation mark, or other symbol. COM Port COM is a logical device name used by to designate the computer serial ports. Point- ing devices, modems, and infrared modules can be connected to COM ports. Each COM port is configured to use a different IRQ and address assignment. Concurrent PCI Concurrent PCI maximizes system performance with simultaneous CPU, PCI and ISA bus activities. It includes multi-transaction timing, enhanced write performance, a passive release mechanism and support for PCI 2.1 compliant delayed transac- tions. Concurrent PCI provides increased bandwidth, reduced system latencies, im- proves video and audio performance, and improves processing of host based appli- cations. CPU (Central Pr ocessing Unit) The CPU, sometimes called â Processor , â actually functions as the âbrain â of the computer . It interprets and executes program commands and processes data stored in memory . Currently , there are socket 370 (for Pentium III FC-PGA and Celeron- PPGA), socket 7 (for Pentium, AMD, Cyrix, IBM), slot 1 (for Pentium II and III), slot 2 (for Xeon), and slot A (for AMD) processors. Device Driver A device driver is a special set of instructions that allows the computer â s operating system to communicate with devices such as VGA, audio, printer , or modem. DOS (Disk Operating System) DOS is the foundation on which all other programs and software applications oper- ate, including W indows. DOS is responsible for allocating system resources such as memory , CPU time, disk space, and access to peripheral devices. For this reason, DOS constitutes the basic interface between you and your computer . DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory) There are several different types of DRAM such as, EDO DRAM (Extended Data Output DRAM), SDRAM (Synchronous DRAM), and RDRAM (Rambus DRAM). Flash ROM The flash ROM is designed to be a resident program and can be updated by a spe- cific programming method. Normally , the flash ROM is used for system BIOS which initiates hardware devices and sets up necessary parameters for the OS. Since the contents of flash ROM can be modified, users are able to update the BIOS by them- selves. IDE (Integrated Drive Electronics) IDE devices integrate the drive control circuitry directly on the drive itself, elimi- nating the need for a separate adapter card (in the case for SCSI devices). UltraDMA/ 33 IDE devices can achieve up to 33MB/Sec transfer .
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 133 7 . APPENDIX Glossary 7. APPENDIX LPT Port (Line Printer Port) Logical device name reserved by DOS for the computer parallel ports. Each LPT port is configured to use a different IRQ and address assignment. MMX A set of 57 new instructions based on a technique called Single Instruction, Multiple Data (SIMD), which is built into the new Intel Pentium PP/MT (P55C) and Pentium II (Klamath) CPU as well as other x86-compatible microprocessors. The MMX in- structions are designed to accelerate multimedia and communications applications, such as 3D video, 3D sound, video conference. OnNow The OnNow design initiative is a comprehensive, system-wide approach to system and device power control. OnNow is a term for PC that is always ON but appears OFF and responds immediately to user or other requests. The OnNow design initia- tive involves changes that will occur in the Microsoft W indows operating system, device drivers, hardware, and applications, and also relies on the changes defined in the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) specification. PC100 SDRAM is Intel's goal is to ensure that memory subsystems continue to support evolving platform requirements and to assure that memory does not become a bottle- neck to system performance. It is especially important to ensure that the PC memory roadmap evolves together with the performance roadmaps for the processors, I/O and graphics. PCI Bus (Peripheral Component Interconnect Local Bus) PCI bus is a specification that defines a 32-bit data bus interface. PCI is a standard widely used by expansion card manufacturers. PCI Bus Master The PCI Bus Master can perform data transfer without local CPU help and further - more, the CPU can be treated as one of the Bus Masters. PCI 2.1 supports concur- rent PCI operation to allow the local CPU and bus master to work simultaneously . Plug and Play BIOS The ISA bus architecture requires the allocation of memory and I/O address, DMA channels and interrupt levels among multiple ISA cards. However , configuration of ISA cards is typically done with jumpers that change the decode maps for memory and I/O space and steer the DMA and interrupt signals to different pins on the bus. Further , system configuration files may need to be updated to reflect these changes. Users typically resolve sharing conflicts by referring to documentation provided by each manufacturer . For the average user , this configuration process can be unreli- able and frustrating. Plug and play (PnP) BIOS eliminates the ISA add-on card hard- ware conflict problem. The PnP BIOS uses a memory block to define and remember each card's configuration, which allows the user to change the card's IRQs and DMA in BIOS either automatically or manually . POST (Power On Self T est) When you turn ON the computer , it will first run through the POST , a series of software-controlled diagnostic tests. The POST checks system memory , the mother - board circuitry , the display , the keyboard, the diskette drive, and other I/O devices. PS/2 Port PS/2 ports are based on IBM Micro Channel Architecture. This type of architecture transfers data through a 16-bit or 32-bit bus. A PS/2 mouse and/or keyboard may be used on A TX motherboards. RDRAM (Rambus DRAM) Developed by Rambus, Inc., this type of memory can deliver up to 1.6GB of data per second. RDRAM is the first interface standard that can be directly implemented on high performance VLSI components such as, CMOS DRAMs, memory control- lers, and graphics/video ICs.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 134 7. APPENDIX 7. APPENDIX Glossary ROM (Read Only Memory) ROM is nonvolatile memory used to store permanent programs (called firmware) used in certain computer components. Flash ROM (or EEPROM) can be repro- grammed with new programs (or BIOS). SCSI (Small Computer System Interface) High speed multi-threaded I/O interface defined by the X3T9.2 committee of the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) for connecting many peripheral de- vices. The standard started from 10MBytes/sec to 160MBytes/sec available today . SDRAM (Synchronous DRAM) The SDRAM features a fully synchronous operation referenced to a positive edge clock whereby all operations are synchronized at a clock input which enables the coexistence of high performance and a simple user interface. SDRAM takes memory access away from the CPU's control; internal registers in the chips accept the re- quest, and let the CPU do something else while the data requested is assembled for the next time the CPU talks to the memory . As they work on their own clock cycle, the rest of the system can be clocked faster . There is a version optimized for video cards, and main memory for motherboards. SPD for SDRAM module Serial Presence Detect (SPD) is most like an ID detect for SDRAM module, it using a EEPROM component on DIMM module for storing module configuration infor- mation inside. The Serial Presence Detect function is implemented using a 2048 bit EEPROM component. This nonvolatile storage device contains data programmed by the DIMM manufacturer that identifies the module type and various SDRAM organization and timing parameters. SSE (Streaming SIMD Extensions) A set of new instructions added to existing architectures that enables a better visual experience with an accelerated 3D geometry pipeline and support for new applica- tions, such as real-time video encoding and speech recognition. System Disk A system disk contains the core file of an operating system and is used to boot up the operating system. UltraDMA Ultra DMA/33 is a "synchronous DMA" protocol designed by Intel. This function is included into Intel's PIIX4 chipset. The traditional IDE transfer only uses one edge of the data stroke as the data transfer . Ultra DMA/33 uses both edges of data strobe when the data is transferred. Hence, the data transfer rate is double of the PIO mode 4 or DMA mode 2 (16.6MB/s x2 = 33MB/s) on A T A-2 devices. Ultra A T A/66, also known as Ultra DMA/66, is an extension of current Ultra A T A/ 33 interface. This new high-speed interface has doubled the Ultra A T A/33 burst data transfer rate to 66.6 Mbytes/sec and maximized disk performance under current PCI local bus environment USB (Universal Serial Bus) A 4-pin serial cable bus that allows up to 127 plug and play computer peripherals such as keyboard, mouse, joystick, scanner , printer , modem, and monitor to share a bandwidth through a host scheduled token based protocol. This allows attaching or detaching while the host and other peripherals are in operation. Supports synchro- nous and asynchronous transfer types over the same set of wires up to 12Mbit/sec. USB 2.0 provides twice the transfer rate compared to USB 1.0 and competes with the 1394 standard. W ake-On-LAN Computer will automatically wake-up upon receiving a wake-up packet through a Network interface when it is under power soft-off, suspend or sleep mode.
Visit www .asus.com for updated specifications L8400 Series Compact Professional Notebook PC ⢠14.1â TFT Color Display ⢠450MHz to 700MHz ⢠64MB to 192MB Memory ⢠2X AGP 3D w/8MB VRAM ⢠100MHz Pr ocessor Side Bus M8300/8200 Series Thin & Light Convertible Notebook PC ⢠13.3â or 12.1â TFT Color Display ⢠366MHz to 650MHz ⢠64MB to 192MB Memory ⢠Supports T wo Hard Drives L7300/7200 Series All-in-One Compact Notebook PC ⢠13.3â or 12.1â TFT Color Display ⢠366MHz to 650MHz ⢠64MB to 192MB Memory ® Goes Mobile!
V isit www .asus.com for updated specifications ⢠Supports high speed CD-Audio playback ⢠Supports high speed digital audio extraction ⢠Supports UltraDMA/33 transfer mode ⢠Compatible with all CD formats ⢠Supports multi-read function (CD-R/CD-R W) ® Ultra-Fast CD-ROM ® 8x DVD-ROM Drive ⢠Industry-leading performance for even the most demanding applications ⢠Maximum transfer rate: 8X DVD-ROM / 40X CD-ROM ⢠High speed digital audio extraction ⢠Supports UltraDMA/33 transfer mode ⢠Complies with MPC3 standard ⢠Supports Multi-Read function
ASUS CUA Userâ s Manual 2 USER'S NOTICE Product Name: ASUS CUA Manual Revision: 1.01 E583 Release Date: July 2000 No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. (âASUSâ). ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EI- THER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED T O THE IMPLIED W AR- RANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P AR TICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUEN- TIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modified or al- tered, unless such repair , modification of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the ownersâ benefit, without intent to infringe. ⢠ALi, Aladdin TNT2, and combinations thereof are trademarks of Acer Laboratories Inc. (ALi) ⢠TNT2 is a trademark of NVIDIA Corporation. ⢠Intel, LANDesk, Pentium, and Celeron are trademarks of Intel Corporation. ⢠Symbios is a registered trademark of Symbios Logic Corporation. ⢠W indows and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. ⢠Adobe and Acrobat are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated. ⢠T rend and ChipA wayV irus are trademarks of T rend Micro, Inc. ⢠Other company and product names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective companies with which they are associated. The product name and revision number are both printed on the product itself. Manual revisions are released for each product design represented by the digit before and after the period of the manual revision number . Manual updates are represented by the third digit in the manual revision number . For previous or updated manuals, BIOS, drivers, or product release information, contact ASUS at http://www .asus.com.tw or through any of the means indicated on the following page. SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITH- OUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURA- CIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFT - W ARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Copyright © 2000 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved.
ASUS CUA Userâ s Manual 3 ASUS CONT ACT INFORMA TION ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. (Asia-Pacific) Marketing Address: 150 Li-T e Road, Peitou, T aipei, T aiwan 1 12 T elephone: 886-2-2894-3447 Fax: 886-2-2894-3449 Email: info@asus.com.tw T echnical Support MB/Others (T el): 886-2-2890-7121 (English) Notebook (T el): 886-2-2890-7122 (English) Desktop/Server (T el): 886-2-2890-7123 (English) Fax: 886-2-2895-9254 Email: tsd@asus.com.tw WWW : www .asus.com.tw FTP: ftp.asus.com.tw/pub/ASUS ASUS COMPUTER INTERNA TIONAL (America) Marketing Address: 6737 Mowry A venue, Mowry Business Center , Building 2 Newark, CA 94560, USA Fax: 1-510-608-4555 Email: tmd1@asus.com T echnical Support Fax: 1-510-608-4555 Email: tsd@asus.com WWW : www .asus.com FTP: ftp.asus.com/Pub/ASUS ASUS COMPUTER GmbH (Europe) Marketing Address: Harkortstr . 25, 40880 Ratingen, BRD, Germany Fax: 49-2102-442066 Email: sales@asuscom.de (for marketing requests only) T echnical Support Hotline: MB/Others: 49-2102-9599-0 Notebook: 49-2102-9599-10 Fax: 49-2102-9599-1 1 Support (Email): www .asuscom.de/de/support (for online support) WWW : www .asuscom.de FTP: ftp.asuscom.de/pub/ASUSCOM
ASUS CUA Userâ s Manual 4 CONTENTS 1. INTRODUCTION 7 1.1 How This Manual Is Or ganized .................................................. 7 1.2 Item Checklist ............................................................................. 7 2. FEA TURES 8 2.1 The ASUS CUA .......................................................................... 8 2.1.1 Specifications ................................................................................ 8 2.1.2 Specifications â Optional Components ..................................... 10 2.1.3 Performance ................................................................................ 10 2.1.4 Intelligence .................................................................................. 1 1 2.2 Motherboard Components ........................................................ 12 2.2.1 Component Locations ................................................................. 13 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 14 3.1 Motherboard Layout ................................................................. 14 3.2 Layout Contents ........................................................................ 15 3.3 Hardware Setup Procedure ....................................................... 17 3.4 Motherboard Settings ................................................................ 17 3.5 System Memory (DIMM) ......................................................... 24 3.5.1 General DIMM Notes ................................................................. 24 3.5.2 DIMM Memory Installation ....................................................... 25 3.6 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................. 26 3.7 Expansion Cards ....................................................................... 27 3.7.1 Expansion Card Installation Procedure ....................................... 27 3.7.2 Assigning IRQs for Expansion Cards ......................................... 27 3.7.3 Audio Modem Riser (AMR) Slot ............................................... 29 3.7.4 TV/LCD Slot ............................................................................... 29 3.8 External Connectors .................................................................. 31 3.9 Starting Up the First T ime ........................................................ 43 4. BIOS SETUP 45 4.1 Managing and Updating Y our BIOS ......................................... 45 4.1.1 Upon First Use of the Computer System .................................... 45 4.1.2 Updating BIOS Procedures ......................................................... 46 4.2 BIOS Setup Program ................................................................ 49 4.2.1 BIOS Menu Bar .......................................................................... 50 4.2.2 Legend Bar .................................................................................. 50 4.3 Main Menu ................................................................................ 52 4.3.1 Primary & Secondary Master/Slave ........................................... 53 4.3.2 Keyboard Features ...................................................................... 56 4.4 Advanced Menu ........................................................................ 58 4.4.1 Chip Configuration ..................................................................... 61 4.4.2 I/O Device Configuration ........................................................... 63 4.4.3 PCI Configuration ....................................................................... 65 4.4.4 Shadow Configuration ................................................................. 67
ASUS CUA Userâ s Manual 5 CONTENTS 4.5 Power Menu .............................................................................. 68 4.5.1 Power Up Control ....................................................................... 70 4.5.2 Hardware Monitor ....................................................................... 72 4.6 Boot Menu ................................................................................ 73 4.7 Exit Menu ................................................................................. 75 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP 77 5.1 Install Operating System ........................................................... 77 5.2 Start W indows ........................................................................... 77 5.3 CUA Series Motherboard Support CD ..................................... 78 5.4 AGP Miniport Driver ................................................................ 79 5.5 ASUS Display Driver ............................................................... 80 5.6 ALi Audio Accelerator Driver .................................................. 81 5.7 AMR Modem Driver ................................................................ 82 5.8 ASUS PC Probe Vx.xx ............................................................. 83 5.9 ASUS Update Vx.xx ................................................................. 84 5.10 Y AMAHA Soft Synthesizer S-YXG50 ..................................... 85 5.1 1 PC-Cillin 98 Vx.xx ................................................................... 86 5.12 ADOBE Acrobat Reader Vx.xx ................................................ 87 5.13 Cyberlink V ideo and Audio Applications ................................. 88 5.14 Uninstalling Programs .............................................................. 90 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 91 6.1 ASUS PC Probe ........................................................................ 91 6.2 Y AMAHA SoftSynthesizer S-YXG50 ...................................... 96 6.3 ASUS LiveUpdate .................................................................... 99 6.4 CyberLink PowerPlayer SE .................................................... 101 6.5 CyberLink PowerDVD ........................................................... 102 6.6 CyberLink V ideoLive Mail ..................................................... 103 6.7 ASUS Control Panel ............................................................... 105 6.7.1 Refresh Rate .............................................................................. 105 6.7.2 More Resolution ....................................................................... 106 6.7.3 Information ............................................................................... 106 6.7.4 Color ......................................................................................... 107 6.7.5 Display ...................................................................................... 1 10 6.7.6 Advanced .................................................................................. 1 13 7. APPENDIX 125 7.1 PCI-L101 Fast Ethernet Card ................................................. 125 7.2 Modem Riser ........................................................................... 127 7.3 ASUS CIDB ............................................................................ 129 7.4 Glossary .................................................................................. 131
ASUS CUA Userâ s Manual 6 FCC & DOC COMPLIANCE Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installa- tion. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency ener gy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However , there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer - ence by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Re-orient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver . ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit dif ferent from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. W ARNING! Any changes or modifications to this product not expressly ap- proved by the manufacturer could void any assurances of safety or performance and could result in violation of Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Reprinted from the Code of Federal Regulations #47, part 15.193, 1993. W ashington DC: Of fice of the Federal Register , National Archives and Records Administration, U.S. Government Printing Of fice. Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil numérique de la classe B est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 7 1.1 How This Manual Is Organized This manual is divided into the following sections: 1. INTRODUCTION Manual information and checklist 2. FEA TURES Production information and specifications 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Intructions on setting up the motherboard. 4. BIOS SETUP Intructions on setting up the BIOS 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP Intructions on setting up the included software 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE Reference material for the included software 7. APPENDIX Optional items and general reference 1.2 Item Checklist Check that your package is complete. If you discover damaged or missing items, contact your retailer . 1. INTRODUCTION 1. INTRODUCTION Manual / Checklist Package Contents (1) ASUS Motherboard (1) 40-pin 80-conductor ribbon cable for internal UltraDMA/ 66 or UltraDMA/33 IDE drives (1) Ribbon cable for one 5.25 â and two 3.5 â floppy disk drives (1) ASUS 2-port USB Connector Set (1) 9-pin COM2 cable (1) Bag of spare jumper caps (1) ASUS Support CD with drivers and utilities (1) This Motherboard User â s Manual Optional Items ASUS CIDB chassis intrusion de- tection module ASUS IrDA-compliant infrared module ASUS PCI-L101 W ake-On-LAN 10/100 Ethernet Card
8 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 2.1 The ASUS CUA The ASUS CUA motherboard is carefully designed for the demanding PC user who wants advanced features processed by the fastest processors. 2.1.1 Specifications ⢠Latest Processor Support Intel Pentium ® III 133MHz FSB Coppermine core FC-PGA Intel Pentium ® III 100MHz FSB Coppermine core FC-PGA Intel Celeron ⢠66MHz FSB Mendocino core FC-PGA Intel Celeron ⢠66MHz FSB Mendocino core PPGA ⢠North Bridge System Chipset: Features the ALi M1631 ⢠system controller; 133/100/66MHz Front Side Bus (FSB); and 133MHz memory bus. ⢠South Bridge System Chipset: ALi M1535D⢠PCIset with PCI Super I/O inte- grated peripheral controller supports UltraDMA/66, which allows burst mode data transfer rates of up to 66.6MB/sec; AC97 audio; and four USB ports. ⢠PC133 SDRAM / VC133 VCM Suppor t: Equipped with three Dual Inline Memory Module (DIMM) sockets to support Intel PC133/PC100-compliant (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, or 512 MB) or NEC â s VC133-compliant V irtual Channel (VC) SDRAM up to 1. 5GB. VC SDRAM is a new DRAM core architecture that dramatically improves the memory system â s ability to service, among others, high multimedia requirements. ⢠Integrated VGA: Integrated NVIDIA ® RIV A TNT2 ⢠3D/2D graphics engine supports Digital Flat Panel up to 1280x1024 resolution, NTSC/P AL TV output. Memory configuration [either Frame Buf fer or Shared Memory Architecture (SMA) mode] options: 32MB (4MB ⢠16 ⢠4) or 8MB (1MB ⢠16 ⢠4) SDRAM or 0MB. ⢠LCD/TV Output: The LCD/TV interface can support an optional LCD/TV -out module for LCD/TV output. ⢠JumperFree⢠Mode: Allows processor settings and easy overclocking of fre- quency and Vcore voltage all through BIOS setup when JumperFree ⢠mode is enabled. Easy-to-use DIP switches instead of jumpers are included to allow manual adjustment of the processor â s external frequency . ⢠Multi-Cache: Supports processors with 512, 256, 128, or 0KB Pipelined Burst Level 2 cache. ⢠UltraDMA/66 Support: Comes with an onboard PCI Bus Master IDE control- ler with two connectors that support four IDE devices on two channels. Sup- ports UltraDMA/66, UltraDMA/33, PIO Modes 3 & 4 and Bus Master IDE DMA Mode 2, and Enhanced IDE devices, such as DVD-ROM, CD-ROM, CD- R/R W , LS-120, and T ape Backup drives. 2. FEA TURES Specifications 2. FEA TURES
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 9 2. FEA TURES 2. FEA TURES Specifications ⢠SMBus: Features the System Management Bus interface, which is used to physi- cally transport commands and information between SMBus devices. ⢠W ake-On-LAN Connector: Supports W ake-On-LAN activity through an op- tional ASUS PCI-L101 10/100 Fast Ethernet PCI card (see 7. Appendix). ⢠W ake-On-Ring Connector: Supports W ake-On-Ring activity through a PCI modem card that supports a WOR connector . ⢠PC Health Monitoring: Provides an easy way to examine and manage system status information, such as CPU and systerm voltages, temperatures, and fan status through the onboard hardware ASUS ASIC and the bundled ASUS PC Probe. ⢠PCI/AMR Expansion Slots: Provides six 32-bit PCI (Rev . 2.2) expansion slots, which can support Bus Master PCI cards, such as SCSI or LAN cards (PCI supports up to 133MB/s maximum throughput) and one Audio Modem Riser (AMR) slot, which supports a very affordable audio and/or modem riser card. ⢠Super Multi-I/O: Provides two high-speed UAR T compatible serial ports and one parallel port with EPP and ECP capabilities. UAR T2 can also be directed from COM2 to the Infrared Module for wireless connections. ⢠Enhanced ACPI & Anti-Boot V irus Protection: Programmable BIOS (Flash EEPROM), offering enhanced ACPI for W indows 98 compatibility , built-in firm- ware-based virus protection, and autodetection of most devices for virtually au- tomatic setup. ⢠IrDA: Supports an optional infrared port module for wireless interface. ⢠Concurr ent PCI: Concurrent PCI allows multiple PCI transfers from PCI mas- ter busses to the memory and processor . ⢠Smart BIOS: 2Mb (4Mb option) firmware provides Vcore and CPU/SDRAM frequency adjustments, boot block write protection, and HD/SCSI/MO/ZIP/CD/ Floppy boot selection. Power supply is autodetected to enable/disable suspend- to-RAM and KB/PS/2 mouse power up, eliminating the need to make jumper adjustments. ⢠Desktop Management Interface (DMI): Supports DMI through BIOS, which allows hardware to communicate within a standard protocol creating a higher level of compatibility . (Requires DMI-enabled components.) ⢠Onboard LED: The onboard LED will light up when there is standby power to the motherboard. This acts as a reminder to the user to turn OFF the power before plugging and unplugging devices so as not to damage the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. ⢠Symbios SCSI BIOS: Supports optional ASUS SCSI controller cards through the onboard SYMBIOS firmware.
10 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 2. FEA TURES Performance 2. FEA TURES 2.1.2 Specifications â Optional Components The following onboard components are optional at the time of purchase: ⢠Onboard Audio: AC97 V2.1 compliant Audio Codec with 3D sound circuitry and sample rate conversion from 7kHz to 48kHz. 2.1.3 Performance ⢠Concurrent PCI: Concurrent PCI allows multiple PCI transfers from PCI mas- ter busses to the memory and processor . ⢠High-Speed Data T ransfer Interface: IDE transfers using UltraDMA/33 Bus Master IDE can handle rates up to 33MB/s. This motherboard with its chipset and support for UltraDMA/66 doubles the UltraDMA/33 burst transfer rate to 66.6MB/s. UltraDMA/66 is backward compatible with both DMA/33 and DMA and with existing DMA devices and systems so there is no need to upgrade current EIDE/IDE drives and host systems. (UltraDMA/66 requires a 40-pin 80-conductor cable to be enabled and/or for UltraDMA Mode 4.) ⢠VCM/SDRAM Optimized Performance: This motherboard supports a new gen- eration memory , NEC â s 64Mb V irtual Channel Memory (VCM) Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory (SDRAM) , which is compatible to the indus- try standard SDRAM. The VCM â s core design provides up to 50% higher SDRAM speed at reduced power consumption of about 30%. This motherboard also supports standard SDRAM, which increases the data transfer rate (1.064GB/s max using PC133-compliant SDRAMs and 800MB/s max using PC100-compli- ant SDRAMs) . ⢠New Compliancy: Both the BIOS and hardware levels of ASUS smart series motherboards meet PC â99 compliancy . The new PC â99 require- ments for systems and components are based on the following high-level goals: Support for Plug and Play compatibility and power management for configuring and managing all system components, and 32-bit device drivers and installation procedures for W indows 95/98/NT . Color -coded connectors and descriptive icons make identification easy as required by PC â99. ⢠ACPI Ready: A dvanced C onfiguration P ower I nterface (ACPI) provides more Ener gy Saving Features for operating systems that support OS Direct Power Management (OSPM) functionality . W ith these features implemented in the OS, PCs can be ready around the clock, yet satisfy all the ener gy saving standards. T o fully utilize the benefits of ACPI, an ACPI-supported OS, such as W indows 98 must be used.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 11 2. FEA TURES 2. FEA TURES Intelligence 2.1.4 Intelligence ⢠Auto Fan Off: The system fans will power of f automatically even in sleep mode . This function reduces both ener gy consumption and system noise, and is an important feature in implementing silent PC systems. ⢠Dual Function Power Button: Pushing the power button for less than 4 sec- onds when the system is in the working state places the system into one of two states: sleep mode or soft-off mode, depending on the BIOS or OS setting (see PWR Button < 4 Secs in 4.5 Power Menu). When the power button is pressed for more than 4 seconds, the system enters the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. ⢠Fan Status Monitoring and Alarm: T o prevent system overheat and system damage, the CPU, power supply , and system fans can be monitored for RPM and failure. All fans are set for its normal RPM range and alarm thresholds. ⢠PS/2 Keyboard/Mouse Power Up: Keyboard/Mouse Power Up can be enabled or disabled to allow the computer to be powered on by either pressing the space bar , Ctrl-Esc, or Power keys (see 4.5.1 Power Up Contr ol ). ⢠Message LED (requir es ACPI OS support): T urbo LEDs now act as informa- tion providers. Through the way a particular LED illuminates, the user can de- termine if there are messages waiting in the mailbox. A simple glimpse provides useful information to the user . ⢠Remote Ring On (r equires modem): This allows a computer to be turned on remotely through an internal or external modem. W ith this benefit on-hand, users can access vital information from their computers from anywhere in the world! ⢠System Resources Alert: T oday â s operating systems such as W indows 95/98/ NT and OS/2, require much more memory and hard drive space to present enor- mous user interfaces and run lar ge applications. The system resource monitor will warn the user before the system resources are used up to prevent possible application crashes. Suggestions will give the user information on managing their limited resources more efficiently . ⢠T emperatur e Monitoring and Alert: T o prevent system overheat and system dam- age, this motherboard supports processor thermal sensing and auto-protection. ⢠V oltage Monitoring and Alert: System voltage levels are monitored to ensure stable voltage to critical motherboard components. V oltage specifications are more critical for future processors, so monitoring is necessary to ensure proper system configuration and management. ⢠Chassis Intrusion Detection: Supports chassis-intrusion monitoring through the ASUS ASIC. A chassis intrusion event is kept in memory on battery power for more protection.
12 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 2. FEA TURES 2. FEA TURES Motherboard Parts 2.2 Motherboard Components See opposite page for locations. Location Processor Support Socket 370 for Celeron/Coppermine Processors ...................... 1 Feature Setting DIP Switches ................................................... 5 Chipsets/Chips North Bridge: ALi M1631 ⢠(Aladdin TNT2) (System Controller) .................................................................. 2 South Bridge/Super I/O: ALi M1535D ⢠(PCI-to-ISA Bridge) ............................................................... 11 2Mb Programmable Flash EEPROM ..................................... 10 Main Memory Maximum 1.5GB support 3 DIMM Sockets ...................................................................... 6 VC133/PC133 SDRAM support Expansion Slots 6 PCI Slots .............................................................................. 18 1 TV/LCD Slot ....................................................................... 20 1 AMR Slot ............................................................................ 17 System I/O 2 IDE Connectors (UltraDMA33/66 Support) ......................... 7 1 Floppy Disk Driver Connector .............................................. 8 1 USB Header ........................................................................... 9 1 Parallel Port Connector ............................................. (T op) 24 1 Serial COM1 Connector ...................................... (Bottom) 25 1 Serial COM2 Connector ...................................................... 15 USB Connectors (Port 0 & Port 1) ......................................... 26 1 PS/2 Mouse Connector .............................................. (T op) 27 1 PS/2 Keyboard Connector ................................... (Bottom) 27 3D Graphics 8/32MB VGA Frame Buffer (optional) .................................... 3 1 VGA Monitor Output Connector ......................... (Bottom) 23 1 Feature (VMI) Connector ................................................... 21 Audio AC â 97 V2.1 Audio Codec (optional) ...................................... 21 1 Line Out Connector (on audio model only) ........ (Bottom) 22 1 Line In Connector (on audio model only) ........... (Bottom) 22 1 Microphone Connector (on audio model only) ... (Bottom) 22 Network Features W ake-On-LAN Connector ...................................................... 16 W ake-On-Ring ........................................................................ 13 Others ASUS ASIC ............................................................................ 12 Onboard LED ......................................................................... 14 3 Fan Power and Speed Monitoring Connectors Power A TX Power Supply Connector ................................................. 4 Form Factor A TX, 305mm x 213mm (12 â x 8.4 â )
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 13 2. FEA TURES 2. FEA TURES Motherboard Parts 2.2.1 Component Locations 23 21 19 16 20 24 34 22 11 1 17 2 7 15 6 10 14 9 12 18 8 5 13 26 25 26 27
14 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3.1 Motherboard Layout Motherboard Layout 3. H/W SETUP Grayed components are optional at the time of purchase COM2 P ARALLEL PORT VGA PS/2KBMS T: Mouse B: Keyboard WOR WOL GAME_AUDIO Mic In Line Out Line In PCI1 PCI2 PCI3 P ANEL IDELED FLOPPY SECONDARY IDE PRIMARY IDE A TX Power Connector ALi M1535D South Bridge CUA CPU_ FA N Row VIDEO CD1 AUX IC_ PWR_ FA N LED1 IR_CON VIO ASUS ASIC with Hardware Monitor CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power DIMM1 (64/72 bit, 168-pin module) 1 0 DIMM2 (64/72 bit, 168-pin module) 3 2 DIMM3 (64/72 bit, 168-pin module) 5 4 21.3 cm (8.38 in) 30.5 cm (12.0 in) Clear RTC (R242) JTPWR Audio Modem Riser (AMR) JEN Socket 370 CHASSIS RT1 ALi ALADDiN TNT2 TV_LCD PCI4 PCI5 PCI6 USBPORT FLASH EEPROM (Programable BIOS) USBPWR CHA_F AN 2MB SDRAM 2MB SDRAM 2MB SDRAM 2MB SDRAM DIP Switches (DSW1) JTCPU VMI LANEN LANPWR AUDIOEN COM2 Audio Codec Setting Bottom: USB1 USB 2 SPDIFOUT SMB BS133 ®
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 15 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Layout Contents 3. H/W SETUP 3.2 Layout Contents Motherboard Settings 1) JEN p . 18 JumperFree Mode Setting (Disable/Enable) 2) AUDIOCODEC p . 19 Onboard Audio Setting 3) USBPWR p. 20 USB Device W ake Up ( 5VSB/ 5V) 4) VIO p . 21 V oltage I/O Setting (Normal/Reserved) 5) BS133 p. 21 BUS Selection 6) DSW1 1 â 4 p . 22 CPU External Frequency Selection 7) DSW1 5-8 p . 23 CPU Core:BUS Frequency Multiple Selection 8) CLR TC p . 57 JumperFree Mode Setting (Disable/Enable) Expansion Slots/Sockets 1) System Memory p . 24 System Memory Support 2) DIMM1/2/3 p.25 DIMM Memory Module Support 3) Socket 370 p. 26 C PU Support 4) PCI1/2/3/4/5/6 p. 27 32-bit PCI Bus Expansion Slots 5) AMR p .29 Audio Modem Riser Slot 6) TV_LCD p .29 TV/LCD Slot Connectors 1) PS2KBMS p . 31 PS/2 Mouse Port C onnector (6 pin- f emale) 2) PS2KBMS p . 31 PS/2 Keyboard Port C onnector (6- pin f emale) 3) USB p.32 Universal Serial Bu s Connectors 1 & 2 (T wo 4-pin female) 4) PRINTER p .32 Parallel Port Connector (25-pin f emale) 5) VGA p .32 Monitor Output Connector (15-pin fe male) 6) COM1/COM2 p. 33 Serial Port C onnectors (9-pin /10-1 pin male) 7) GAME_AUDIO p.33 Audio Port Connectors (Three 1/8 â female) (optional) 8) GAME_AUDIO p.34 Game/MIDI Connector (15-pin female) (optional) 9) PRIMAR Y I D E p. 34 IDE C onnectors (T wo 40-1 pins) SECONDAR Y IDE 10) FLOPPY p. 35 Floppy Disk Drive Port C onnector (34 pins ) 1 1) VMI p . 35 Feature (VMI) C onnector (26 pins ) 12) IR p. 36 Infrared Module Connector (5 pins) 13) A TXPWR p. 36 A TX Power Supply Connector (20 pins) 1 4 ) IC_PWR_, CPU_,CHA_F AN p . 3 7 IC, CPU, Chassis Fan Connectors (3 pins) 15) CHASSIS p. 37 Chassis Intrusion Lead (4-1 pins) 16) SMB p. 38 SMBus Connector (5-1 pins) 17) USB2 p. 38 USB Header (10-1 pins) 18) WOL_CON p. 39 W ake-On-LAN Connector (3 pins) 19) WOR p. 39 W ake-On-Ring Connector (2 pins)
16 ASUS CUA User âs Manual 20) CD_IN, AUX, VIDEO p. 40 Internal Audio Connectors (4 4-pin) 21) IDELED p. 41 IDE Activity LED (2 pins) 22) PWR.LED ( P ANEL ) p. 42 System Power LED Lead (3 pins) 23) KEYLOCK (P ANEL) p. 42 Keyboard Lock SwitchLead (2 pins) 24) SPEAKER (P ANEL) p . 42 System W arning Speaker Connector (4 pins) 25) MSG.LED (P ANEL) p . 42 System Message LED (2 pins) 26) SMI (P ANEL) p. 42 System Management Interrupt Lead (2 pins) 27) PWR.SW (P ANEL) p. 42 A TX / Soft-Off Switch Lead (2 pins) 28) RESET (P ANEL) p . 42 Reset Switch Lead (2 pins) 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Layout Contents 3. H/W SETUP
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 17 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Motherboard Settings 3. H/W SETUP 3.3 Hardware Setup Procedure Before using your computer , you must complete the following steps: ⢠Check Motherboard Settings ⢠Install Memory Modules ⢠Install the Central Processing Unit (CPU) ⢠Install Expansion Cards ⢠Connect Ribbon Cables, Panel W ires, and Power Supply 3.4 Motherboard Settings This section explains in detail how to change your motherboard â s function settings through the use of switches and/or jumpers. W ARNING! Computer motherboards and expansion cards contain very delicate Inte- grated Circuit (IC) chips. T o protect them against damage from static electricity , you should follow some precautions whenever you work on your computer . 1. Unplug your computer when working on the inside. 2. Use a grounded wrist strap before handling computer components. If you do not have one, touch both of your hands to a safely grounded object or to a metal object, such as the power supply case. 3. Hold components by the edges and try not to touch the IC chips, leads or connec- tors, or other components. 4. Place components on a grounded antistatic pad or on the bag that came with the component whenever the components are separated from the system. 5. Ensure that the A TX power supply is switched of f before you plug in or remove the A TX power connector on the motherboard. CUA Onboard LED CUA ® ON OFF Standby Power P owered Off PLED2 W ARNING! Make sure that you unplug your power supply when adding or remov- ing system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to your mother- board, peripherals, and/or components. The onboard LED when it lits acts as a re- minder that the system is in suspend or soft-of f mode and not powered OFF .
18 ASUS CUA User âs Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Motherboard Settings 3. H/W SETUP 1) JumperFree ⢠Mode (JEN) This jumper allows you to enable or disable the JumperFree ⢠mode. The JumperFree ⢠mode allows processor settings to be made through the BIOS setup (see Advanced Menu, BIOS). IMPORT ANT : In JumperFree ⢠mode, all DIP switches (DSW) must be set to OFF . Setting JEN Enable (JumperFree) [2-3] (default) Disable (Jumper) [1-2] CUA JumperFree⢠Mode Setting CUA ® JEN JumperFree (Default) Jumper 2 3 12 OFF DSW1 ON 123 45 67 8 Motherboard Featur e Settings (DSW) Besides jumper settings, some of the motherboard â s onboard functions are adjusted through the DIP switches. The white block represents the switch â s position. The example below shows all the switches in the OFF position. CUA DIP Switches CUA ® 1: Frequency Selection 2: Frequency Selection 3: Frequency Selection 4: Frequency Selection 5: Frequency Multiple 6: Frequency Multiple 7: Frequency Multiple 8: Frequency Multiple OFF DSW1 ON 123 45 67 8
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 19 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Motherboard Settings 3. H/W SETUP 2) Onboard Audio Setting (available on audio model only) The onboard audio CODEC may be enabled or disabled using all of these jump- ers. Disable the onboard audio CODEC if you are using an PCI audio card on any of the expansion slots or a primary AMR on the AMR slot (see AMR Slot later in this section). If using an PCI audio expansion card, Onboard AC â 97 Audio Con- troller in Peripheral Setup (BIOS) must also be disabled. Setting AUDIO CODEC Disable [1-2] [1-2] [1-2] [1-2] Enable [2-3] [2-3] [2-3] [2-3] (default) CUA Audio Codec Setting Disable Enable (Default) 1 2 2 3 CUA ® SPK ADN# AUD_EN1 AUD_EN2 SPK ADN# AUD_EN1 AUD_EN2
20 ASUS CUA User âs Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Motherboard Settings 3. H/W SETUP 3) USB Device W ake Up (USBPWR) Thi s allows you to disable or enable the USB device wake up function. Set thi s jumper to 5VSB if you wish to use your USB devices to wake up your computer . This feature requires an A TX power supply that can supply at least 2A on the 5VSB lead. The default is set to 5V because not all computers have the appropriate A TX power supply . Y our computer will not power ON if you set this to 5VSB and do not have the appropriate A TX power supply . NOTE: This jumper must be set in con- junction with W ake On USB for STR State in Power Up Control (BIOS) . NOTES 1. For suspend to RAM function, these jumpers must be set to Enable . 2. The total current consumed must NOT exceed the power supply capability ( 5VSB) whether under normal working conditions or in the sleep mode. Setting USBPWR 5VSB [1-2] (default) 5V [2-3] CUA USB Power Source USBPWR CUA ® 5VSB (Default) 1 2 5V 2 3
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 21 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Motherboard Settings 3. H/W SETUP CUA ® CUA Input/Output V oltage Setting Normal (Default) Reserved 12 2 3 VIO 4) V oltage I/O Setting (VIO) This jumper allows you to select the voltage supplied to the DRAM, chipset, AGP , and PCI, among others. The default voltage is set at Normal . Setting VIO Normal [1-2] (default) Reserved [2-3] W ARNING! Using a higher voltage may help when overclocking but may result in the shortening of your computer component â s life. It is strongly recommended that you leave this settting on its default. 5) BUS Selection (BS133) This jumper allows you to enable support for the VIA Cyrix ® III (133MHz FSB) processor . The default is set at Normal for Intel and VIA Cyrix III (100/ 66MHz FSB) processors. For VIA Cyrix III (133MHz FSB) processors, set the BS133 jumper to [2-3]. Setting BS133 Normal [1-2] (default) [Intel and VIA Cyrix III (100/66MHz FSB)] Reserved [2-3] [VIA Cyrix III (133MHz FSB)] CUA Bus Selection Normal (Default) BS133 1 2 2 3 CUA ®
22 ASUS CUA User âs Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Motherboard Settings 3. H/W SETUP W ARNING! Premature wearing of the processor may result when overclocking. Be sure that the DIMM you use can handle the specified SDRAM MHz or else bootup will not be possible. CUA CPU External Clock (BUS) Frequency Selection CPU â CPU â CPU â CPU â (JumperFree Mode) CUA ® PCI â PCI â 36.6MHz PCI â PCI â 66MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 33MHz 75MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 37.5MHz 80MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 40MHz 83MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 41.6MHz 68MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 34MHz 100MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 33MHz 103MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 34.3MHz 105MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 35MHz 1 10MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 1 12MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 37.3MHz 1 15MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 38.3MHz 120MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 40MHz 124MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 31MHz 133MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 33MHz 140MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 35MHz 150MHz ON 123 4 5 67 8 37.5MHz NOTE: If your processor does not have a locked Frequency Multiple, you must use CPU Core:Bus Fr eq. Multiple in 4.4 Advanced Menu (BIOS) to set the Frequency Multiple. If the Frequency Multiple is locked, setting the Frequency Multiple in BIOS setup will have no ef fect. 6) CPU External Frequency Setting (DSW1 Switches 1 â 4) This option tells the clock generator what frequency to send to the CPU, SDRAM, PCI, and the chipset. This allows the selection of the CPU â s External frequency . The CPU External Frequency multiplied by the Frequency Multiple equals the CPU â s Internal frequency (the advertised CPU speed). IMPORT ANT : 1. In JumperFree mode, all dip switches must be set to OFF . 2. When JumperFree mode is enabled, use BIOS setup in place of these switches (set CPU Speed in Advanced Menu in BIOS Setup).
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 23 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Motherboard Settings 7) CPU Cor e:BUS Frequency Multiple (DSW1 Switches 5 â 8) This option sets the frequency multiple between the Internal frequency of the CPU and the CPU â s External frequency . These must be set in conjunction with the CPU Bus Fr equency . CUA CPU BUS Frequency Multiple CUA ® 2.0x2(2/1) ON 123 4 5 67 8 3.0x(3/1) ON 123 4 5 67 8 4.0x(4/1) ON 123 4 5 67 8 5.0x(5/1) ON 123 4 5 67 8 2.5x(5/2) ON 123 4 5 67 8 3.5x(7/2) ON 123 4 5 67 8 4.5x(9/2) ON 123 4 5 67 8 5.5x(1 1/2) ON 123 4 5 67 8 6.0x(6/1) ON 123 4 5 67 8 7.0x(7/1) ON 123 4 5 67 8 8.0x(8/1) ON 123 4 5 67 8 6.5x(13/2) ON 123 4 5 67 8 7.5x(15/2) ON 123 4 5 67 8 1.5x(3/2) ON 123 4 5 67 8 2.0x(2/1) ON 123 4 5 67 8 Manual CPU Settings ( NOTE: JumperFree mode must be disabled ) Set the DIP switches b y the Internal speed of your processor a s follows: (CPU BUS Freq.) (Freq. Multiple) Intel CPU Model Freq. Mult. Bus F . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Pentium III 933MHz 7.0x 133MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF][OFF] [ON] [OFF] [ON] [OFF] Pentium III 866MHz 6.5x 133MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF][OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF] Pentium III 800MHz 6.0x 133MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF][OFF] [ON] [ON] [ON] [OFF] Pentium III 733MHz 5.5x 133MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF][OFF] [OFF][OFF] [OFF] [ON] Pentium III 667MHz 5.0x 133MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [OFF] [ON] [OFF] [OFF] [ON] Pentium III 600MHz 4.5x 133MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [OFF] [ON] Pentium III 533MHz 4.0x 133MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF][OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF] [ON] Pentium III 800MHz 8.0x 100MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [ON] [ON] [OFF][OFF] Pentium III 750MHz 7.5x 100MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [OFF] Pentium III 700MHz 7.0x 100MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF] [ON] [OFF] Pentium III 650MHz 6.5x 100MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF] Pentium III 600MHz 6.0x 100MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [ON] [ON] [ON] [OFF] Pentium III 550MHz 5.5x 100MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [OFF][OFF][OFF] [ON] Pentium III 500MHz 5.0x 100MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF] [OFF] [ON] Pentium III 450MHz 4.5x 100MHz [OFF] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [OFF] [ON] [OFF] [ON] Celeron 533MHz 8.0x 66MHz [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [ON] [ON] [OFF][OFF] Celeron 500MHz 7.5x 66MHz [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF][OFF] [ON] [OFF] Celeron 466MHz 7.0x 66MHz [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [ON] [OFF] [ON] [OFF] Celeron 433MHz 6.5x 66MHz [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF] Celeron 400MHz 6.0x 66MHz [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [ON] [ON] [ON] [OFF] Celeron 366MHz 5.5x 66MHz [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF][OFF][OFF] [ON] Celeron 333MHz 5.0x 66MHz [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [ON] [OFF][OFF] [ON] Celeron 300MHz 4.5x 66MHz [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [OFF] [ON] [OFF] [ON] Celeron 266MHz 4.0x 66MHz [OFF] [OFF] [ON] [ON] [ON] [ON] [OFF] [ON] For updated pr ocessor settings, please visit ASUS â web site (see ASUS CONT ACT INFORMA TION).
24 ASUS CUA User âs Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3.5 System Memory (DIMM) NOTE: No hardware or BIOS setup is required after adding or removing memory . This motherboard uses only Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMMs). Sockets are available for 3.3V olt (power level) unbuffered Synchronous Dynamic Random Ac- cess Memory (SDRAM) of 16, 32, 64, 128MB, 256 or 512 MB. to form a memory size between 16MB and 1.5GB. One side (with memory chips) of the DIMM takes up one row on the motherboard. This motherboard also supports NEC â s V irtual Channel (VC) SDRAMs. T o use the chipset â s Error Checking and Correction (ECC) feature, you must use a DIMM with 9 chips per side (standard 8 chips/side 1 ECC chip). Memory speed setup is recommended through Configure SDRAM Timing by SPD (see Advanced Chipset Setup , BIOS). Install memory in any combination as follows: IMPORT ANT ⢠For optimum signal integrity , inserting the DIMMs in the following order is recommended: DIMM1, DIMM2, DIMM3. ⢠SDRAMs used must be compatible with the current PC133/PC100/VC133/ VC100 SDRAM specification. ⢠DO NOT attempt to mix SDRAMs with VCM SDRAMs. Location 168-pin DIMM T otal Memory DIMM1 (Rows 0&1) SDRAM 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512MB x1 DIMM2 (Rows 2&3) SDRAM 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512MB x1 DIMM3 (Rows 4&5) SDRAM 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512MB x1 T otal System Memory (Max 1.5GB ) = 3.5.1 General DIMM Notes ⢠For the system CPU bus to operate at 133MHz, use only PC133/VC133-com- pliant DIMMs. When this motherboard operates at 133MHz, most system will not even boot if non-compliant modules are used because of the strict timing is- sues involved under this speed. If your DIMMs are not PC133/VC133-compliant, set the CPU bus frequency to 100MHz RAM to ensure system stability . ⢠This motherboard supports SPD (Serial Presence Detect) DIMMs. This is the memory of choice for best performance vs. stability . ⢠This motherboard does NOT support registered memory . ⢠BIOS shows SDRAM memory on bootup screen. ⢠Single-sided DIMMs come in 16, 32, 64,128, 256MB; double-sided come in 32, 64, 128, 256, 512MB. System Memory 3. H/W SETUP
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 25 3. HARDW ARE SETUP System Memory 3. H/W SETUP 3.5.2 DIMM Memory Installation Insert the module(s) as shown. Because the number of pins are dif ferent on either side of the breaks, the module will only fit in the orientation shown. DIMM mod- ules are longer and have dif ferent pin contact on each side and therefore have a higher pin density . SIMM modules have the same pin contact on both sides. CUA 168-Pin DIMM Sockets Lock 20 Pins 60 Pins 88 Pins CUA ® The DIMMs must be 3.3V Unbuffered for this motherboard. T o determine the DIMM type, check the notches on the DIMMs (see figure below). 168-Pin DIMM Notch Key Definitions (3.3V) DRAM Key Position V oltage Key Position Unbuffered RFU Buffered Reserved 3.3V 5.0V The notches on the DIMM module will shift between left, center , or right to identify the type and also to prevent the wrong type from being inserted into the DIMM slot on the motherboard. Y ou must ask your retailer the correct DIMM type before pur- chasing. This motherboard supports four clock signals.
26 ASUS CUA User âs Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP CPU 3.6 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard provides a ZIF Socket 370. The CPU that came with the mother - board should have a fan attached to it to prevent overheating. If this is not the case, then purchase a fan before you turn on your system. W ARNING! Be sure that there is suf ficient air circulation across the processor â s heatsink by regularly checking that your CPU fan is working. W ithout suf ficient circulation, the processor could overheat and damage both the processor and the motherboard. Y ou may install an auxiliary fan, if necessary . T o install a CPU, first turn of f your system and remove its cover . Locate the ZIF socket and open it by first pulling the lever sideways away from the socket then upwards to a 90-degree angle. Insert the CPU with the correct orientation as shown. The notched corner should point towards the end of the lever . Because the CPU has a corner pin for two of the four corners, the CPU will only fit in the orientation as shown. The picture is for reference only; you should have a CPU fan that covers the face of the CPU. W ith the added weight of the CPU fan, no force is required to insert the CPU. Once completely inserted, close the socket â s lever while holding down the CPU. After the CPU is , install an Intel recommended fan heatsink. Locate the CPU fan connector (see 3.1 Motherboard Layout or 3.8 Connectors) and con- nect the CPU fan cable to it. NOTE: Do not forget to set the correct Bus Frequency and Multiple (frequency multiple setting is available only on unlocked processors) for your Socket 370 pro- cessor or else boot-up may not be possible. Socket 370 processors provide internal thermal sensing so that a socket mounted thermal resistor is not needed. CAUTION! Be careful not to scrape the motherboard when mounting a clamp- style processor fan or else damage may occur to the motherboard. CUA Socket 370 Notch Gold Arrow Celeron Pentium III CUA ® Socket 370 (T op) Socket 370 (Bottom)
27 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Expansion Cards 3.7 Expansion Cards W ARNING ! Unplug your power supply when adding or removing expansion cards or other system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to both your motherboard and expansion cards. 3.7.1 Expansion Card Installation Procedure 1. Read the documentation for your expansion card and make any necessary hard- ware or software settings for your expansion card, such as jumpers. 2. Remove your computer system â s cover and the bracket plate on the slot you intend to use. Keep the bracket for possible future use. 3. Carefully align the card â s connectors and press firmly . 4. Secure the card on the slot with the screw you removed above. 5. Replace the computer system â s cover . 6. Set up the BIOS if necessary (such as IRQ xx Used By ISA: Y es in PNP AND PCI SETUP) 7. Install the necessary software drivers for your expansion card. 3.7.2 Assigning IRQs for Expansion Cards Some expansion cards need an IRQ to operate. Generally , an IRQ must be exclu- sively assigned to one use. In a standard design, there are 16 IRQs available but most of them are already in use, leaving 6 IRQs free for expansion cards. If your motherboard has PCI audio onboard, an additional IRQ will be used. If your moth- erboard also has MIDI enabled, another IRQ will be used, leaving 4 IRQs free.
28 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Expansion Cards Interrupt Request T able for this Motherboard Interrupt requests are shared as shown by the following table: INT -A INT -B INT -C INT -D PCI slot 1 shared âââ PCI slot 2 â shared ââ PCI slot 3 ââ shared â PCI slot 4 ââ â shared PCI slot 5 ââ â shared PCI slot 6 ââ shared â Onboard VGA shared ââ â The following table lists the default IRQ assignments for standard PC devices. Use this table when configuring your system and for resolving IRQ conflicts. Standard Interrupt Assignments IRQ Priority Standard Function 0 1 System T imer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 N/A Programmable Interrupt 3* 1 1 Communications Port (COM2) 4* 12 Communications Port (COM1) 5* 13 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7* 15 Printer Port (LPT1) 8 3 System CMOS/Real T ime Clock 9* 4 ACPI Mode when enabled 10* 5 IRQ Holder for PCI Steering 1 1* 6 IRQ Holder for PCI Steering 12* 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14* 9 Primary IDE Channel 15* 10 Secondary IDE Channel *These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. IMPORT ANT : If using PCI cards on shared slots, make sure that the drivers sup- port â Share IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Conflicts will arise between the two PCI groups that will make the system unstable or cards inoperable.
29 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Expansion Cards CUA Audio Modem Riser Connector CUA ® T o install the AMR card, face its components toward the serial ports. 3.7.4 TV/LCD Slot This connector supports a specially designed TV/LCD slot to support an ASUS LCD- TV daughter card. This card allows you to connect a digital flat panel, ASUS or third party TV or video accessories, such as a TV , video capture cards, or television tuners. The TV/LCD slot eliminates digital-to-analog and analog-to-digital conversions, resulting in sharper , brighter images. CUA TV/LCD Slot CUA ® NOTE: An ASUS LCD-TV daughter card is not included with this motherboard. For availability , see your vendor or dealer . 3.7.3 Audio Modem Riser (AMR) Slot This connector supports a specially designed audio and/or modem card called an AMR. Main processing is done through software and controlled by the motherboard â s sys- tem chipset. This provides an upgradeable audio and/or modem solution at an incred- ibly low cost. There are two types of AMR, one defined as primary and another de- fined as secondary . This motherboard uses the primary channel so that a secondary AMR can coexist without the need to disable the onboard CODEC. The motherboard â s onboard CODEC must be disabled when using a primary AMR. IMPORT ANT : The AMR slot of this motherboard shares the same expansion slot as PCI Slot 3. Because of this and its location, the slot can only accept a specially designed AMR card (optional). While a standard AMR card â s bracket is to the left of the card (facing the expansion slot), the specially-designed AMR card â s bracket is to the right of the card. For availability , see your vendor or dealer .
30 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP (This page was intentionally left blank.)
31 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 3.8 External Connectors W ARNING! Some pins are used for connectors or power sources. These are clearly distinguished from jumpers in the Motherboard Layout. Placing jumper caps over these connector pins will cause damage to your motherboard. IMPORT ANT : Ribbon cables should always be connected with the red stripe to Pin 1 on the connectors. Pin 1 is usually on the side closest to the power connec- tor on hard drives and CD-ROM drives, but may be on the opposite side on floppy disk drives. Check the connectors before installation because there may be exceptions. IDE ribbon cable must be less than 46 cm (18 in.), with the sec- ond drive connector no more than 15 cm (6 in.) from the first connector . 1) PS/2 Mouse Connector (Green 6-pin PS2KBMS) The system will direct IRQ12 to the PS/2 mouse if one is detected. If one is not detected, expansion cards can use IRQ12. See PS/2 Mouse Function Control in Advanced Menu . PS/2 Mouse (6-pin female) 2) PS/2 Keyboard Connector (Purple 6-pin PS2KBMS) This connection is for a standard keyboard using an PS/2 plug (mini DIN). This connector will not allow standard A T size (large DIN) keyboard plugs. Y ou may use a DIN to mini DIN adapter on standard A T keyboards. PS/2 Keyboard (6-pin female)
32 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 3) Universal Serial BUS Ports 0 & 1 (Black two 4-pin USB) T wo USB ports are available for connecting USB devices. Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2 USB 1 4) Parallel Port Connector (Burgundy 25-pin PRINTER) Y ou can enable the parallel port and choose the IRQ through Onboard Parallel Port (see I/O Device Configuration) . NOTE : Serial printers must be connected to the serial port. Parallel (Printer) Port (25-pin female) 5) Monitor Output Connector (Blue 15-pin VGA) This connector is for output to a VGA-compatible device. VGA Monitor (15-pin female)
33 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 7) Audio Port Connectors (Thr ee 1/8 â AUDIO) (optional) Line Out (lime) can be connected to headphones or preferably powered speak- ers. Line In (light blue) allows tape players or other audio sources to be re- corded by your computer or played through the Line Out (lime). Mic (pink) allows microphones to be connected for inputting voice. Mic Line In Line Out 1/8" Stereo Audio Connectors 6) Serial Port Connectors (T eal/T urquoise 9-pin COM1/10-1-pin COM2) One serial port (COM1) is ready for a mouse or other serial devices. A second serial port (COM2) is available using a serial port bracket connected from the motherboard to an expansion slot opening. See Onboard Serial Port 1/On- board Serial Port 2 in I/O Device Configuration for settings. COM 1 Serial Port (9-pin male) CUA Serial COM2 Bracket CUA ® PIN 1
34 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 9) Primary (Blue) / Secondary (Black) IDE Connectors (T wo 40-1pin IDE) These connectors support the provided UltraDMA/66 IDE hard disk ribbon cable. Connect the cable â s connector (usually blue) to the motherboard â s primary (rec- ommended) or secondary IDE connector , and then connect the gray connector to your UltraDMA/66 slave device (hard disk drive) and the black connector to your UltraDMA/66 master device. It is recommended that non-UltraDMA/66 devices be connected to the secondary IDE connector . If you install two hard disks, you must configure the second drive to Slave mode by setting its jumper accordingly . Please refer to your hard disk documentation for the jumper set- tings. BIOS now supports specific device bootup (see Advanced CMOS Setup ). (Pin 20 is r emoved to prevent inserting in the wr ong orientation when using ribbon cables with pin 20 plugged). TIP: Y ou may configure two hard disks to be both Masters with two ribbon cables â one for the primary IDE connector and another for the secondary IDE connector . Y ou may install one operating system on an IDE drive and another on a SCSI drive and select the boot disk through Advanced CMOS Setup . IMPORT ANT : UltraDMA/66 IDE devices must use a 40-pin 80-conductor IDE cable for 66MBytes/s transfer rates. CUA IDE Connectors NOTE: Orient the red markings (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. Secondary IDE Connector PIN 1 Primary IDE Connector CUA ® 8) Game/MIDI Connector (Gold 15-pin GAME_AUDIO) (optional) Y ou may connect game joysticks or game pads to this connector for playing games. Connect MIDI devices for playing or editing professional audio. Joystick/MIDI (15-pin female)
35 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 10) Floppy Disk Drive Connector (34-1pin FLOPPY) This connector supports the provided floppy drive ribbon cable. After connect- ing the single end to the board, connect the two plugs on the other end to the floppy drives. (Pin 5 is removed to pr event inserting in the wrong orienta- tion when using ribbon cables with pin 5 plugged). NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. CUA Floppy Disk Drive Connector PIN 1 FLOPPY CUA ® 1 1) Feature (VMI) Connector (26-pin VMI) This connector supports ASUS or third party video accessories, such as video capture cards or television tuners. CUA Feature (VMI) Connector CUA ® 1 13 14 26
36 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 12) Serial Infrared Module Connector (5-pin IR) This connector supports an optional wireless transmitting and receiving infrared module. This module mounts to a small opening on system cases that support this feature. Y ou must also configure the setting through Peripheral Setup (BIOS) to select whether UAR T2 is directed for use with COM2 or IrDA. Use the five pins as shown in Back V iew and connect a ribbon cable from the module to the motherboard â s IR connector according to the pin definitions. CUA Infrared Module Connector CUA ® F ront View Back View 5V IRTX IRRX (NC) GND IR 5V IRRX IRTX GND 1 13) A TX Power Supply Connector (20-pin block A TXPWR) This connector connects to an A TX power supply . The plug from the power sup- ply will only insert in one orientation because of the dif ferent hole sizes. Find the proper orientation and push down firmly making sure that the pins are aligned. IMPORT ANT : Make sure that your A TX power supply (minimum recommended wattage: 200 watts; 235W for a fully-configured system) can supply at least 20 amperes on the 5-volt lead and at least 10mA (720mA recommended) on the 5- volt standby lead ( 5VSB). Y our system may become unstable/unreliable and may experience dif ficulty in powering up if your power supply is inadequate. For W ake- On-LAN support, your A TX power supply must supply at least 720mA 5VSB. CUA A TX Power Connector 3.3 V olts -12.0 V olts Ground Power Supply On Ground Ground Ground -5.0 V olts 5.0 V olts 5.0 V olts Power Good 12.0 V olts 3.3 V olts 3.3 V olts Ground 5.0 V olts Ground 5.0 V olts Ground 5V Standby CUA ®
37 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 14) IC Power Supply (IC_PWR_F AN), CPU (CPU_F AN), Chassis (CHA_F AN) Fan Connectors (3 pins) These connectors support cooling fans of 350mA (4.2 W atts) or less. Orientate the fans so that the heat sink fins allow airflow to go across the onboard heat sink(s) instead of the expansion slots. Depending on the fan manufacturer , the wiring and plug may be different. The red wire should be positive, while the black should be ground. Connect the fan â s plug to the board taking into consid- eration the polarity of the connector . NOTE: The â Rotationâ signal is to be used only by a specially designed fan with rotation signal. The Rotations per Minute (RPM) can be read directly from the ASUS iPanel or monitored using a utility such as ASUS PC Probe or Intel LDCM. W ARNING! The CPU and/or motherboard will overheat if there is no airflow across the CPU and onboard heatsinks. Damage may occur to the motherboard and/or the CPU fan if these pins are incorrectly used. These are not jumpers, do not place jumper caps over these pins. CUA 12-V olt Cooling Fan Power CPU_F AN IC_PWR_F AN GND Rotation 12V CHA_F AN GND Rotation 12V CUA ® GND Rotation 12V 15) Chassis Intrusion Lead (4-pin CHASSIS) This requires an external detection mechanism such as a chassis intrusion moni- tor/sensor or microswitch. The sensor is triggered when a high level signal is sent to the Chassis Signal lead, which occurs when a panel switch or light detec- tor is triggered. This function requires the optional ASUS CIDB chassis intru- sion module to be installed (see 7. APPENDIX ). If the chassis intrusion lead is not used, a jumper cap must be placed over the pins to close the circuit. CUA Chassis Open Alarm Lead CUA ® 5V olt (Power Supply Stand By) Ground Chassis Signal CHASSIS 1
38 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 16) SMB Connector (5-1 pin SMB) This connector allows you to connect SMBus (System Management Bus) de- vices. SMBus devices communicate by means of the SMBus with an SMBus host and/or other SMBus devices. SMBus is a specific implementation of an I2C bus, which is a multi-device bus; that is, multiple chips can be connected to the same bus and each one can act as a master by initiating data transfer . CUA SMBus Connector CUA ® SMB SMBCLK Ground SMBDA T A 3V 1 17) USB Header (10-1 pin USB2) If the USB Ports on the back panels are inadequate, a USB header is available for two additional USB ports. Connect the 10-1 pin ribbon cable from the pro- vided 2-port USB connector set to the midboard 10-1 pin USB header and mount the USB connector set to an open slot on your chassis. NOTE: T o use this header , make sure that the jumpers (see Motherboard Set- tings , BIOS) are set to USB Connect . CUA USB Header CUA ® USBPORT USB Power USBP2 â USBP2 GND NC USB Power USBP3 â USBP3 GND 15 61 0
39 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 18) W ake-On-LAN Connector ( 3 -pin WOL_CON) This connector connects to a LAN card with a W ake-On-LAN output, such as the ASUS PCI-L101 Ethernet card (see 7. Appendix). The connector powers up the system when a wakeup packet or signal is received through the LAN card. IMPOR T ANT : This feature requires that W ake-On-LAN features are enabled (see 4.4.3 Power Management ) and that your system has an A TX power supply with at least 720mA 5V standby power . CUA W ake-On-LAN Connector CUA ® IMPORT ANT : Requires an A TX power supply with at least 720mA 5 volt standby power 5 V olt Standby PME Ground WOL 19) W ake-On-Ring Connector ( 2 -pin W O R ) This connector connects to internal modem cards with a W ake-On-Ring output. The connector powers up the system when a ringup packet or signal is received through the internal modem card. NOTE: For external modems, W ake-On-Ring is detected through the COM port. IMPOR T ANT : This feature requires that W ake-On-Ring features are enabled (see 4.4.3 Power Management ) and that your system has an A TX power supply with at least 720mA 5V standby power . CUA ® A7V W ake-On-Ring Connector WOR Ring# Ground 2 1
40 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 20) Internal Audio Connectors (4 -pin CD_IN, AUX, VIDEO, MODEM) These connectors allow you to receive stereo audio input from such sound sources as a CD-ROM, TV tuner , or MPEG card. CUA Internal Audio Connectors CUA ® CD1 (Black) VIDEO (Green) Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground AUX (White) Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground 21) IDE Activity LED (2-pin IDELED) This connector supplies power to the cabinet â s IDE activity LED. Read and write activity by devices connected to the Primary or Secondary IDE connectors will cause the LED to light up. CUA IDE Activity LED CUA ® TIP: If the case-mounted LED does not light, try reversing the 2-pin plug. IDELED
41 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors CUA System Panel Connectors CUA ® * Requires an A TX power supply . PLED Ground TB_LED PWR 5 V 5V Speaker Speaker Connector P ower LED Ground 5 V Reset SW SMI Lead Message LED ExtSMI# 3VSB Reset Ground Ground A TX Power Switch* The following is for items 22 â28 (next page)
42 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 3. HARDW ARE SETUP 3. H/W SETUP Connectors 22) System Power LED Lead (3-1 pin PWRLED) This 3-1 pin connector connects the system power LED, which lights when the system is powered on and blinks when it is in sleep mode. 23) Keyboard Lock Switch Lead (2-pin KEYLOCK) This 2-pin connector connects to the case-mounted key switch to allow key- board locking. 24) System W arning Speaker Connector (4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector connects to the case-mounted speaker . T wo sources (LINE_OUT and SPEAKER) will allow you to hear system beeps and warn- ings. Only SPEAKER will allow you to hear system beeps before the integrated audio has been properly initialized. 25) System Message LED Lead (2-pin MSG.LED) This indicates whether a message has been received from a fax/modem. The LED will remain lit when there is no signal and blink when there is data re- ceived. This function requires an ACPI OS and driver support. 26) System Management Interrupt Lead (2-pin SMI) This allows the user to manually place the system into a suspend mode or â Green â mode, where system activity is decreased to save electricity and expand the life of certain components when the system is not in use. This 2-pin connector con- nects to the case-mounted suspend switch. 27) A TX Power Switch Lead (2-pin PWRSW) The system power is controlled by a momentary switch connected to this lead. Pressing the button once will switch the system between ON and SOFT OFF . Pushing the switch while in the ON mode for more than 4 seconds will turn the system of f. The system power LED shows the status of the system â s power . 28) Reset Switch Lead (2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector connects to the case-mounted reset switch for rebooting your computer without having to turn of f your power switch. This is a preferred method of rebooting to prolong the life of the system â s power supply .
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 43 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Powering Up 3. H/W SETUP 3.9 Starting Up the First T ime 1. After all connections are made, close the system case cover . 2. Be sure that all switches are off (in some systems, marked with ). 3. Connect the power supply cord into the power supply located on the back of your system case according to your system user â s manual. 4. Connect the power cord into a power outlet that is equipped with a sur ge protector . 5. Y ou may then turn on your devices in the following order: a. Y our monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. Y our system power . For A TX power supplies, you need to switch on the power supply as well as press the A TX power switch on the front of the case. 6. The power LED on the front panel of the system case will light. For A TX power supplies, the system LED will light when the A TX power switch is pressed. The LED on the monitor may light up or switch be- tween orange and green after the system â s if it complies with â greenâ standards or if it has a power standby feature. The system will then run power -on tests. While the tests are running, the BIOS will alarm beeps or additional messages will appear on the screen. If you do not see any- thing within 30 seconds from the time you turn on the power , the system may have failed a power-on test. Recheck your jumper settings and con- nections or call your retailer for assistance. Award BIOS Beep Codes Beep Meaning One short beep when No error during POST displaying logo Long beeps in an endless loop No DRAM installed or detected One long beep followed by V ideo card not found or video card three short beeps memory bad High frequency beeps when CPU overheated system is working System running at a lower frequency
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 44 3. HARDW ARE SETUP Powering Up 3. H/W SETUP 7. During power-on, hold down <Delete> to enter BIOS setup. Follow the instructions in 4. BIOS SETUP . * Powering Off your computer: Y ou must first exit or shut down your operating system before switching of f the power switch. For A TX power supplies, you can press the A TX power switch after exiting or shutting down your operating system. If you use W indows 9X, click the Start button, click Shut Down, and then click Shut down the computer? The power supply should turn of f after W indows shuts down. NOTE: The message â Y ou can now safely turn of f your computer â will not appear when shutting down with A TX power supplies.
4. BIOS SETUP 4.1 Managing and Updating Y our BIOS 4.1.1 Upon First Use of the Computer System It is recommended that you save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS along with a Flash Memory W riter utility (AFLASH.EXE) to a bootable floppy disk in case you need to reinstall the BIOS later . AFLASH.EXE is a Flash Memory W riter utility that updates the BIOS by uploading a new BIOS file to the programmable flash ROM on the motherboard. This file works only in DOS mode. T o determine the BIOS version of your mother- board, check the last four numbers of the code displayed on the upper left- hand corner of your screen during bootup. Lar ger numbers represent a newer BIOS file. 1. T ype FORMA T A:/S at the DOS prompt to create a bootable system floppy disk. DO NOT copy AUTOEXEC.BA T & CONFIG.SYS to the disk. 2. T ype COPY D:\AFLASH\AFLASH.EXE A:\ (assuming D is your CD- ROM drive) to copy AFLASH.EXE to the just created boot disk. NOTE: AFLASH works only in DOS mode. It will not work with DOS prompt in W indows and will not work with certain memory drivers that may be loaded when you boot from your hard drive. It is recommended that you reboot using a floppy . 3. Reboot your computer from the floppy disk. NOTE: BIOS setup must specify âFloppy â as the first item in the boot sequence. 4. In DOS mode, type A:\AFLASH <Enter> to run AFLASH. IMPORT ANT! If âunknown â is displayed after Flash Memory:, the memory chip is either not programmable or is not supported by the ACPI BIOS and there- fore, cannot be programmed by the Flash Memory W riter utility . ASUS CUA User â s Manual 45 4. BIOS SETUP Updating BIOS
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 46 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Updating BIOS 5. Select 1. Save Current BIOS to File from the Main menu and press <Enter>. The Save Curr ent BIOS T o File screen appears. 6. T ype a filename and the path, for example, A:\XXX-XX.XXX and then press <Enter>. 4.1.2 Updating BIOS Procedures W ARNING! Only update your BIOS if you have problems with your mother- board and you know that the new BIOS revision will solve your problems. Care- less updating can result in your motherboard having more problems! 1. Download an updated ASUS BIOS file from the Internet (WWW or FTP) (see ASUS CONT ACT INFORMA TION on page 3 for details) and save to the disk you created earlier . 2. Boot from the disk you created earlier . 3. At the â A:\â prompt, type AFLASH and then press <Enter>. 4. At the Main Menu, type 2 and then press <Enter>. The Update BIOS Including Boot Block and ESCD screen appears. 5. T ype the filename of your new BIOS and the path, for example, A:\XXX- XX.XXX , and then press <Enter>. NOTE: T o cancel this operation, press <Enter>.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 47 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP 6. When prompted to confirm the BIOS update, press Y to start the update. 7. The utility starts to program the new BIOS information into the flash ROM. The boot block will be updated automatically only when neces- sary . This will minimize the chance that a failed update will prevent your system from booting up. When the programming is finished, Flashed Successfully will be displayed. 8. Follow the onscreen instructions to continue. W ARNING! If you encounter problems while updating the new BIOS, DO NOT turn off your system since this might prevent your system from booting up. Just repeat the process, and if the problem still persists, update the original BIOS file you saved to disk above. If the Flash Memory W riter utility was not able to successfully update a complete BIOS file, your system may not be able to boot up. If this happens, your system will need servicing. Updating BIOS
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 48 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Updating BIOS (This page was intentionally left blank.)
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 49 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP 4.2 BIOS Setup Program This motherboard supports a programmable EEPROM that can be updated using the provided utility as described in 4.1 Managing and Updating Y our BIOS . The utility is used if you are installing a motherboard, reconfiguring your system, or prompted to â Run Setup â. This section describes how to configure your system using this utility . Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, at some time in the future you may want to change the configuration of your computer . For example, you may want to enable the Security Password Feature or make changes to the power management settings. It will then be necessary to reconfigure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the EEPROM. The EEPROM on the motherboard stores the Setup utility . When you start up the computer , the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. This appears during the Power -On Self T est (POST). Press <Delete> to call up the Setup utility . If you are a little bit late in pressing the mentioned key , POST will continue with its test routines, thus preventing you from calling up Setup. If you still need to call Setup, restart the system by pressing <Ctrl> <Alt> <Delete>, or by press- ing the Reset button on the system chassis. Y ou can also restart by turning the system off and then back on again. But do so only if the first two methods fail. The Setup program has been designed to make it as easy to use as possible. It is a menu-driven program, which means you can scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections among the predetermined choices. To access the BIOS Setup program, press the <Delete> key after the computer has run through its POST. NOTE: Because the BIOS software is constantly being updated, the following BIOS screens and descriptions are for reference purposes only and may not re- flect your BIOS screens exactly . Program Information
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 50 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP 4.2.1 BIOS Menu Bar The top of the screen has a menu bar with the following selections: MAIN Use this menu to make changes to the basic system configuration. ADV ANCED Use this menu to enable and make changes to the advanced features. POWER Use this menu to configure and enable Power Management features. BOOT Use this menu to configure the default system device used to lo- cate and load the Operating System. EXIT Use this menu to exit the current menu or specify how to exit the Setup program. T o access the menu bar items, press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 4.2.2 Legend Bar At the bottom of the Setup screen you will notice a legend bar . The keys in the legend bar allow you to navigate through the various setup menus. The following table lists the keys found in the legend bar with their corresponding alternates and functions. Navigation Key(s) Function Description <F1> or <Alt H> Displays the General Help screen from anywhere in the BIOS Setup <Esc> Jumps to the Exit menu or returns to the main menu from a sub- menu â or â ( keypad arrow) Selects the menu item to the left or right â or â ( keypad arrow) Moves the highlight up or down between fields - (minus key) Scrolls backward through the values for the highlighted field (plus key) or spacebar Scrolls forward through the values for the highlighted field <Enter> Brings up a selection menu for the highlighted field <Home> or <PgUp> Moves the cursor to the first field <End> or <PgDn> Moves the cursor to the last field <F5> Resets the current screen to its Setup Defaults <F10> Saves changes and exits Setup Menu Introduction
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 51 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP General Help In addition to the Item Specific Help window , the BIOS setup program also pro- vides a General Help screen. This screen can be called up from any menu by sim- ply pressing <F1> or the <Alt> <H> combination. The General Help screen lists the legend keys with their corresponding alternates and functions. Saving Changes and Exiting the Setup Program See 4.7 Exit Menu for detailed information on saving changes and exiting the setup program. Scroll Bar When a scroll bar appears to the right of a help window , it indicates that there is more information to be displayed that will not fit in the window . Use <PgUp> and <PgDn> or the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the entire help docu- ment. Press <Home> to display the first page, press <End> to go to the last page. T o exit the help window , press <Enter> or <Esc>. Sub-Menu Note that a right pointer symbol (as shown in the left view) appears to the left of certain fields. This pointer indicates that a sub-menu can be launched from this field. A sub-menu con- tains additional options for a field parameter . T o call up a sub- menu, simply move the highlight to the field and press <En- ter>. The sub-menu will then immediately appear . Use the legend keys to enter values and move from field to field within a sub-menu just as you would within a menu. Use the <Esc> key to return to the main menu. T ake some time to familiarize yourself with each of the legend keys and their corresponding functions. Practice navigating through the various menus and sub- menus. If you accidentally make unwanted changes to any of the fields, use the set default hot key <F5>. While moving around through the Setup program, note that explanations appear in the Item Specific Help window located to the right of each menu. This window displays the help text for the currently highlighted field. NOTE: The item heading in square brackets represents the default setting for that field. Menu Introduction
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 52 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP System Time [XX:XX:XX] Sets your system to the time that you specify (usually the current time). The format is hour , minute, second. V alid values for hour , minute and sec- ond are Hour: (00 to 23), Minute: (00 to 59), Second: (00 to 59). Use the <T ab> or <Shift> <T ab> keys to move between the hour , minute, and second fields. System Date [XX/XX/XXXX] Sets your system to the date that you specify (usually the current date). The format is month, day , year . V alid values for month, day , and year are Month: (1 to 12), Day: (1 to 31), Y ear: ( 100 year range ) . Use the <T ab> or <Shift> <T ab> keys to move between the month, day , and year fields. Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.], Legacy Diskette B [None] Sets the type of floppy drives installed. Configuration options: [None] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M , 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.] [2.88M, 3.5 in.] Floppy 3 Mode Support [Disabled] This is required to support older Japanese floppy drives. Floppy 3 Mode support will allow reading and writing of 1.2MB (a s opposed to 1.44MB) on a 3.5-inch diskette. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Drive A] [Drive B] [Both] 4.3 Main Menu When the Setup program is accessed, the following screen appears: Main Menu
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 53 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP NOTE: Before attempting to configure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the configuration information supplied by the manufacturer of the drive. Incorrect settings may cause your system to not recognize the in- stalled hard disk. T o allow the BIOS to detect the drive type automati- cally , select [Auto]. Type [Auto] Select [Auto] to automatically detect an IDE hard disk drive. If automatic detection is successful, the correct values will be filled in for the remaining fields on this sub-menu. If automatic detection fails, your hard disk drive may be too old or too new . Y ou can try updating your BIOS or enter the IDE hard disk drive parameters manually . NOTE: After the IDE hard disk drive information has been entered into BIOS, new IDE hard disk drives must be partitioned (such as with FDISK) and then formatted before data can be read from and write on. Primary IDE hard disk drives must have its partition set to active (also possible with FDISK). Other options for the T ype field are: [None] - to disable IDE devices 4.3.1 Primary & Secondary Master/Slave Master/Slave Drives
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 54 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP IMPORT ANT : If your hard disk was already formatted on an older previous system, incorrect parameters may be detected. Y ou will need to enter the correct parameters manually or use low-level format if you do not need the data stored on the hard disk. If the parameters listed differ from the ones used when the disk was formatted, the disk will not be readable. If the auto-detected parameters do not match the ones that should be used for your disk, you should enter the correct ones manually by setting [User T ype HDD]. Master/Slave Drives [User Type HDD] Manually enter the number of cylinders, heads and sectors per track for your drive. Refer to your drive documentation or look on the drive for this information. If no drive is installed or if you are removing a drive and not replacing it, select [ None ] . T ranslation Method [LBA] Select the hard disk drive type in this field. When Logical Block Addressing is enabled, 28-bit addressing of the hard drive is used without regard for cylinders, heads, or sectors. Note that LBA Mode is necessary for drives with greater than 504MB in storage capacity . Configuration options: [LBA] [LARGE] [Normal] [Match Partition T able] [Manual] Cylinders This field configures the number of cylinders. Refer to your drive documentation to determine the correct value to enter into this field. NOTE: T o make changes to this field, the T ype field must be set to [User T ype HDD] and the T ranslation Method field must be set to [Manual].
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 55 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Master/Slave Drives Head This field configures the number of read/write heads. Refer to your drive documenta- tion to determine the correct value to enter into this field. NOTE: T o make changes to this field, the T ype field must be set to [User T ype HDD] and the T ranslation Method field must be set to [Manual]. Sector This field configures the number of sectors per track. Refer to your drive docu- mentation to determine the correct value to enter into this field. NOTE: T o make changes to this field, the T ype field must be set to [User T ype HDD] and the T rans- lation Method field must be set to [Manual]. CHS Capacity This field shows the drive â s maximum CHS capacity calculated automatically by the BIOS from the drive information you entered. Maximum LBA Capacity This field shows the drive â s maximum LBA capacity calculated automatically by the BIOS from the drive information you entered. Multi-Sector T ransfers [Maximum] This option automatically sets the number of sectors per block to the highest number supported by the drive. This field can also be configured manually . Note that when this field is automatically configured, the set value may not always be the fastest value for the drive. Refer to the documentation that came with your hard drive to determine the optimal value and set it manually . NOTE: T o make changes to this field, the T ype field must be set to [User T ype HDD]. Configuration options: [Dis- abled] [2 Sectors] [4 Sectors] [8 Sectors] [16 Sectors] [32 Sectors] [Maximum] SMAR T Monitoring [Disabled] This allows the enabling or disabling of the S.M.A.R.T . (Self-Monitoring, Analy- sis and Reporting T echnology) system which utilizes internal hard disk drive moni- toring technology . This feature is normally disabled because system resources used in this feature may decrease system performance. Configuration options: [Dis- abled] [Enabled] PIO Mode [4] This option lets you set a PIO (Programmed Input/Output) mode for the IDE de- vice. Modes 0 through 4 provide successively increased performance. Configura- tion options: [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] Ultra DMA Mode [Disabled] Ultra DMA capability allows improved transfer speeds and data integrity for com- patible IDE devices. Set to [Disabled] to suppress Ultra DMA capability . NOTE: T o make changes to this field, the T ype field must be set to [User T ype HDD]. Configuration options: [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] [Disabled]
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 56 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Main Menu Other options for â Type: â are: [CD-ROM] - for IDE CD-ROM drives [LS-120] - for LS-120 compatible floppy disk drives [ZIP-100] - for ZIP-100 compatible disk drives [MO] - for IDE magneto optical disk drives [Other ATAPI Device] - for IDE devices not listed here After using the legend keys to make your selections on this sub-menu, press the <Esc> key to exit back to the Main menu. When the Main menu ap- pears, you will notice that the drive size appear in the field for the hard disk drive that you just configured. Boot Up NumLock Status [On] This field enables users to activate the Number Lock function upon system boot. Configuration options: [Off] [On] Keyboard Auto-Repeat Rate [12/Sec] This controls the speed at which the system registers repeated keystrokes. Options range from 6 to 30 characters per second. Configuration options: [6/Sec] [8/Sec] [10/Sec] [12/Sec] [15/Sec] [20/Sec] [24/Sec] [30/Sec] Keyboard Auto-Repeat Delay [1/4 Sec] This field sets the time interval for displaying the first and second charac- ters. Configuration options: [1/4 Sec] [1/2 Sec] [3/4 Sec] [1 Sec] 4.3.2 Keyboard Features
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 57 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Main Menu CUA Clear RTC RAM Short solder points to Clear CMOS BIOS EEPROM CUA ® R242 C242 R243 Halt On [All Errors] This field determines which types of errors will cause the system to halt. Configuration options: [All Errors] [No Error] [All but Keyboard] [All but Disk] [All but Disk/Keyboard] Installed Memory [XXX MB] This field displays the amount of conventional memory detected by the system during bootup. Y ou do not need to make changes to this field. This is a display only field. Language [English] This allows selection of the BIOS â displayed language. Currently only English is available. Supervisor Password [Disabled] / User Password [Disabled] These fields allow you to set the passwords. T o set the password, highlight the ap- propriate field and press <Enter>. T ype in a password and press <Enter>. Y ou can type up to eight alphanumeric characters. Symbols and other keys are ignored. T o confirm the password, type the password again and press the <Enter>. The pass- word is now set to [Enabled]. This password allows full access to the BIOS Setup menus. T o clear the password, highlight this field and press <Enter>. The same dialog box as above will appear . Press <Enter> and the password will be set to [Disabled]. A Note about Passwords The BIOS Setup program allows you to specify passwords in the Main menu. The passwords control access to the BIOS during system startup. The passwords are not case sensitive. In other words, it makes no dif ference whether you enter a password using upper or lowercase letters. The BIOS Setup program allows you to specify two separate passwords: a Supervisor password and a User password. When dis- abled, anyone may access all BIOS Setup program functions. When enabled, the Supervisor password is required for entering the BIOS Setup program and having full access to all configuration fields. Forgot the Password? If you for got the password, you can clear the password by erasing the CMOS Real T ime Clock (R TC) RAM. The RAM data containing the password information is powered by the onboard button cell battery . T o erase the R TC RAM: (1) Unplug your computer , (2) Short the solder points, (3) T urn ON your computer , (4) Hold down <Delete> during bootup and enter BIOS setup to re-enter user preferences.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 58 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP 4.4 Advanced Menu CPU Core:Bus Freq. Multiple (when CPU Speed is set to [Manual]) This field is for unlocked processors only . If your socket 370 processor â s Frequency Multiple is detected locked, you will not be able to access this field. This sets the frequency multiple between the CPU â s internal frequency (core speed) and external (bus) frequency . Set this in conjunction with CPU Bus Frequency (MHz) to match the speed of your CPU. Configuration options vary according to the external frequency of your CPU. CPU (FSB)/PCI Freq. Ratio (when CPU Speed is set to [Manual]) This field determines the frequency ratio between the Front Side Bus and the PCI bus. Configuration options: [2/1] [3/1] [4/1] Advanced Menu (scroll down to see more items, as shown here) CPU Core Speed/FSB Freq. [Manual] When the motherboard is set to JumperFree ⢠mode, this field allows you to select the CPU internal fre- quency and the Front Side Bus frequency . Select [Manual] if you want to make changes to the subse- quent 2 fields. Note that selecting a frequency higher than the CPU manufacturer recommends may cause the system to hang or crash. See System Hangup later in this section. Example of CPU Core Speed/ FSB Freq.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 59 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Advanced Menu CPU Bus Frequency (MHz) (when CPU Speed is set to [Manual]; for unlocked processors only) This feature tells the clock generator what frequency to send to the CPU, DRAM, and chipset. The bus frequency (external frequency) multiplied by the bus fre- quency multiple equals the CPU â s core speed. The configuration options vary depending on the C PU (FSB)/ PCI Freq. Ratio . CPU Vcore This field displays the core voltage supplied to the CPU. If you want to set it manually , always refer to the CPU documentation. Clock Spread Spectrum Options [Enabled] Leave on default setting. Spread spectrum typically reduces system electro- magnetic interference (EMI) by 8dB to 10dB. Configuration options: [En- abled] [Disabled] [Auto] CPU Level 1 Cache, CPU Level 2 Cache [Enabled] These fields allow you to choose from the default of [Enabled] or choose [Disabled] to turn on or of f the CPU â s Level 1 and Level 2 built-in cache. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] CPU Level 2 Cache ECC Check [Disabled] This function controls the ECC capability in the CPU level 2 cache. Con- figuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Processor Serial Number [Disabled] (When usings Pentium III CPU) The Processor Serial Number is a unique number that is added to every Pentium III processor to help verify the identity of the user across the Internet. Set this field to [Enabled] when you need increased security for doing busi- ness online or e-commerce. Otherwise, leave it to its default setting of [Dis- abled] for greater anonymity when surfing the Internet. BIOS Update [Enabled] This functions as an update loader integrated into the BIOS to supply the processor with the required data. In the default position of [Enabled], the BIOS will load the update on all processors during system bootup. Configu- ration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PS/2 Mouse Function Control [Auto] The default of [Auto] allows the system to detect a PS/2 mouse on startup. If detected, IRQ12 will be used for the PS/2 mouse. IRQ12 will be reserved for expansion cards only if a PS/2 mouse is not detected. [Enabled] will always reserve IRQ12, whether on startup a PS/2 mouse is detected or not. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Auto] Using Pentium III processors Using Celeron processors
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 60 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Notes for JumperFree Mode CPU Upgrade/Reinstallation T o ensure that your system can enter BIOS setup after the processor has been changed or reinstalled, your system will start up running at a bus speed of 66MHz and a fail-safe CPU internal frequency (4x66MHz for the Intel Coppermine processor or 2x66MHz for non-Coppermine processors). It will then automatically take you to the Advanced menu with a popup menu of all the officially possible CPU speeds. System Hangup If your system crashes or hangs due to improper frequency settings, power OFF your system and restart. The system will start up in safe mode running at a bus speed of 66MHz and enter BIOS setup. JumperFree Mode USB Legacy Support [Auto] The default of [Auto] allows the system to detect a USB device on startup. If detected, the USB controller will be enabled. If not detected, the USB controller will be disabled. When this field is set to [Disabled], the USB controller will not function no matter whether you are using a USB device or not. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] OS/2 Onboard Memory > 64M [Disabled] When using OS/2 operating systems with installed DRAM of greater than 64MB, you need to set this option to [Enabled]; otherwise, leave this on [Disabled]. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 61 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP SDRAM Configuration [By SPD] This sets the optimal timings for items 2 â4, depending on the memory mod- ules that you are using. Default setting is [By SPD], which configures items 2 â 4 by reading the contents in the SPD (Serial Presence Detect) device. The EEPROM on the memory module stores critical parameter information about the module, such as memory type, size, speed, voltage interface, and mod- ule banks. Configuration options: [User Define] [7ns (143MHz)] [8ns (125MHz)] [By SPD] NOTE: T o make changes to the following three field, the SDRAM Con- figuration field must be set to [User Define]. SDRAM CAS Latency (tCL) [2T] This controls the latency between the SDRAM read command and the time that the data actually becomes available. Configuration options: [2T] [3T] SDRAM RAS to CAS Delay (tRCD) [2T] This controls the latency between the SDRAM active command and the read/write command. Configuration options: [2T] [3T] SDRAM RAS Precharge Time (tRP) [2T] This controls the idle clocks after issuing a precharge command to the SDRAM. Configuration options: T est [2T] [3T] SDRAM Cycle Time (tRAS) [6T] This feature controls the number of SDRAM clocks used per access cycle. Configuration options: [7T] [6T] (scroll down to see more items, as shown here) 4.4.1 Chip Configuration Chip Configuration
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 62 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Chip Configuration SDRAM Command Timing [2T] Leave on default setting. Configuration options: [1T] [2T] SDRAM Multi-Banking [On] Leave on default setting. Configuration options: [On] [Off] SDRAM DataIn-Precharge Latency [1T] Leave on default setting. Configuration options: [2T] [1T] Onboard VGA [Enabled] Leave on default setting if you want to use the onboard VGA. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Graphics Window Size [64MB] This feature allows you to select the size of mapped memory for AGP graphic data. Configuration options: [Disabled] [1MB] [2MB] [4MB] [8MB] [16MB] [32MB] [64MB] [128MB] [256MB] Memory Hole At 15M-16M [Disabled] This field allows you to reserve an address space for ISA expansion cards that require it. Setting the address space to a particular setting will make that memory space unavailable to the system. Expansion cards can only access memory up to 16MB. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Host Memory Write Buffer [1 Line] Leave on default setting. Configuration options: [4 Lines] [1 Line] PCI 2.2 Support [Disabled] This function allows you to enable or disable PCI 2.2 features. Configura- tion options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Passive Release Support [Disabled] Passive release allows the PCI bus to carry out other tasks when it is receiv- ing data from ISA devices. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Super I/O Recovery Time [0.75 us] Leave on default setting. Configuration options: [0.25 us]...[3.75 us] Onboard PCI IDE Enable [Both] Y ou can select to enable the primary IDE channel, secondary IDE channel, both, or disable both channels. Configuration options: [Both] [Primary] [Sec- ondary] [Disabled]
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 63 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Onboard AC-Link Audio Controller [Enabled] [Enabled] allows you to use the onboard audio controller . If you want to use an add-on audio card, set this field to [Disabled]. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard FDC Swap A & B [No Swap] This field allows you to reverse the hardware drive letter assignments of your floppy disk drives. Configuration options: [No Swap] [Swap AB] Floppy Disk Access Control [R/W] When set to [Read Only], this field protects files from being copied to floppy disks by allowing reads from the floppy disk drive but not writes. The setup default [R/W] allows both reads and writes. Configuration options: [R/W] [Read Only] Onboard Serial Port 1 [3F8H/IRQ4], Onboard Serial Port 2 [2F8H/IRQ3] These fields allow you to set the addresses for the onboard serial connec- tors. Serial Port 1 and Serial Port 2 must have dif ferent addresses. Configu- ration options: [3F8H/IRQ4] [2F8H/IRQ3] [3E8H/IRQ4] [2E8H/IRQ10] [Disabled] 4.4.2 I/O Device Configuration I/O Device Config
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 64 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Onboard IR [Disabled] This field allows you to activate the onboard standard infrared feature and to set the address for the second serial UAR T to support the infrared module connector on the motherboard. If your system already has a second serial port connected to the onboard COM2 connector , it will no longer work if you enable the infrared feature. See IrDA- Compliant Infrared Module Connector in 3.8 External Connectors . Configuration options: [3F8H/IRQ4] [2F8H/IRQ3] [3E8H/IRQ4] [2E8H/IRQ10] [Disabled] Onboard Parallel Port [378H/IRQ7] This field sets the address of the onboard parallel port connector . If you disable this feature, Parallel Port Mode and ECP DMA Select configurations will not be avail- able. Configuration options: [Disabled] [3BCH/IRQ7] [378H/IRQ7] [278H/IRQ5] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] This field allows you to set the operation mode of the parallel port. [Normal] allows normal-speed operation but in one direction only; [EPP] allows bidirectional parallel port operation; [ECP] allows the parallel port to operate in bidirectional DMA mode; [ECP EPP] allows normal speed operation in a two-way mode. Configuration op- tions: [Normal] [EPP] [ECP] [ECP EPP] ECP DMA Select [3] This field allows you to configure the parallel port DMA channel for the selected ECP mode. This selection is available only if you select [ECP] or [ECP EPP] in Parallel Port Mode above. Configuration options: [1] [3] [Disabled] I/O Device Config
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 65 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Slot 1, Slot 2, Slot 3/6, Slot4/5 IRQ [Auto] These fields set how IRQ use is determined for each PCI slot. The default setting for each field is [Auto], which utilizes auto-routing to determine IRQ use. Configuration options: [Auto] [NA] [3] [4] [5] [7] [9] [10] [1 1] [12] [14] [15] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] Some nonstandard VGA cards, such as graphics accelerators or MPEG video cards, may not show colors properly . The setting [Enabled] should correct this problem. Otherwise, leave this on the default setting of [Disabled]. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PCI Latency Timer [32] Leave on default setting for best performance vs. stability . SYMBIOS SCSI BIOS [Auto] [Auto] allows the motherboard â s BIOS to detect whether you have a Symbios SCSI card. If the Symbios SCSI card is detected, the motherboard â s Symbios BIOS will be enabled; if no Symbios SCSI card is detected, the onboard Symbios SCSI BIOS will be disabled. [Disabled] will disable the motherboard â s Symbios SCSI BIOS so that the BIOS on an add-on Symbios SCSI card can be used. If your Symbios SCSI card does not have a BIOS, the Symbios SCSI card will not function. Con- figuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] 4.4.3 PCI Configuration PCI Configuration
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 66 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP USB Function [Enabled] This motherboard supports Universal Serial Bus (USB) devices. Set to [En- abled] if you want to use USB devices. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ONB VGA BIOS First [No] This field, when set to [Y es], gives priority to the onboard VGA BIOS over other VGA controllers. Configuration options: [No] [Y es] PCI Configuration
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 67 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Video ROM BIOS Shadow [Enabled] This field allows you to change the video BIOS location from ROM to RAM. Relocating to RAM enhances system performance, as information access is faster than the ROM. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] C8000-DFFFF Shadow [Disabled] These fields are used for shadowing other expansion card ROMs. If you install other expansion cards with ROMs on them, you will need to know which addresses the ROMs use to shadow them specifically . Shadowing a ROM reduces the memory available between 640K and 1024K by the amount used for this purpose. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.4.4 Shadow Configuration Shadow Configuration
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 68 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Power Menu 4.5 Power Menu The Power menu allows you to reduce power consumption. This feature turns of f the video display and shuts down the hard disk after a period of inactivity . Power Management [User Define] This option must be enabled to use any of the automatic power saving features. If this menu item is set to [Disabled], power management features will not function regardless of other field settings on this menu. The [User Define] option allows you to make your own selections in the Power menu. When set to [Max Saving], system power will be conserved to its greatest amount. The Suspend Mode field will then be set to predefined value that ensures maximum power savings. This field acts as the master control for the power management modes. [Max Sav- ing] puts the system into power saving mode after a brief period of system inactiv- ity; [Min Saving] is almost the same as [Max Saving] except that the system inactiv- ity period is longer; [Disabled] disables the power saving features; [User Define] allows you to set power saving options according to your preference. Configuration options: [User Define] [Disabled] [Min Saving] [Max Saving] IMPORT ANT : Advanced Power Management (APM) should be installed to keep the system time updated when the computer enters suspend mode activated by the BIOS Power Management. For DOS environments, you need to add the statement, DEVICE=C:\DOS\POWER.EXE, to your CONFIG.SYS file. For W indows 3.x and W indows 95, you need to install W indows with the APM feature. For W indows 98 and later , APM is automatically installed. A battery and power cord icon labeled â Power Management â will appear in the â Control Panel. â Choose âAdvanced â in the Power Management Properties dialog box.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 69 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Video Off Option [Suspend -> Off ] This field determines when to activate the video of f feature for monitor power management. Configuration options: [Always On] [Suspend -> Of f] Video Off Method [DPMS OFF] This field defines the video of f features. The DPMS (Display Power Manage- ment System) feature allows the BIOS to control the video display card if it supports the DPMS feature. [Blank Screen] only blanks the screen (use this for monitors without power management or â green â features. If set up in your system, your screen saver will not display with [Blank Screen] selected). [V/ H SYNC Blank] blanks the screen and turns off vertical and horizontal scan- ning. Configuration options: [Blank Screen] [V/H SYNC Blank] [DPMS Standby] [DPMS Suspend] [DPMS OFF] [DPMS Reduce ON] HDD Power Down [Disabled] Shuts down any IDE hard disk drives in the system after a period of inac- tivity as set in this user-configurable field. This feature does not affect SCSI hard drives. Configuration options: [Disabled] [1 Min] [2 Min] [3 Min]...[15 Min] Suspend-to-RAM Capability [Disabled] Suspend-to-RAM (STR) is an ener gy-saving feature. In Suspend-to-RAM state, all devices on the computer are turned of f, except for the system RAM. Thus, the PC consumes less than 5 W atts of power . [Auto] allows the BIOS to detect if your power supply can supply at least 720mA on the 5VSB lead to support the STR function. If the power supply meets the requirement, the STR function will be enabled; if not, this function will be disabled. If the expansion cards you use on the motherboard do not support the STR function, you must leave this field on the default setting [Disabled]. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Suspend Mode [Disabled] Sets the time period before the system goes into suspend mode. Configu- ration options: [Disabled] [1~2 Min] [2~3 Min] [4~5 Min] [8~9 Min] [20 Min]...[1 Hour] PWR Button < 4 Secs [Soft off] When set to [Soft of f], the A TX switch can be used as a normal system power -off button when pressed for less than 4 seconds. [Suspend] allows the button to have a dual function where pressing less than 4 seconds will place the system in sleep mode. Regardless of the setting, holding the A TX switch for more than 4 seconds will power of f the system. Configuration options: [Soft off] [Suspend] Power Menu
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 70 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Power Up Control AC PWR Loss Restart [Disabled] This allows you to set whether you want your system to reboot after the power has been interrupted. [Disabled] leaves your system off and [En- abled] reboots your system. [Previous State] sets your system back to the state it is before the power interruption. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Previous State] PWR Up On External Modem Act [Disabled] This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. NOTE: The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus connection cannot be made on the first try . T urning an external modem of f and then back on while the computer is off causes an initialization string that will also cause the system to power on. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Wake On LAN or PCI Modem [Disabled] W ake-On-LAN/a PCI Modem allows your computer to be booted from an- other computer via a network by sending a wake-up frame or signal. Con- figuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IMPORT ANT : This feature requires an optional network interface with W ake-On- LAN and an A TX power supply with at least 720mA 5V standby power . 4.5.1 Power Up Control
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 71 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Power Up Control Wake On PS2 KB/PS2 Mouse [Disabled] Set this field to [Enabled] if you wish to use your PS2 keyboard (by pressing the space key) or PS2 mouse (by clicking the left button) to power up your computer . This feature requires an A TX power supply that can supply at least 300mA on the 5VSB lead. The default is set to [Disabled] because not all computers have the appropriate A TX power supply . Y our computer will not power ON if you set this to [Enabled] and do not have the appropriate A TX power supply . Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Automatic Power Up [Disabled] This allows an unattended or automatic system power up. Y ou may configure your system to power up at a certain time of the day by selecting [Everyday] or at a certain time and day by selecting [By Date]. NOTE: Automatic Power Up will not work if the system is powered down by operating systems, such as W indows 98/2000/Millenium, that have ACPI support enabled. Configuration options: [Dis- abled] [Everyday] [By Date]
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 72 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Hardware Monitor 4.5.2 Hardware Monitor MB Temperature, CPU Temperature [xxxC/xxxF] The onboard hardware monitor is able to detect the MB (motherboard) and CPU temperatures. Set to [Ignore] only if necessary . CPU Fan, Power Fan, Chassis Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] The onboard hardware monitor is able to detect the CPU fan speed, power supply fan speed, and the chassis fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). The presence of the fans is automatically detected. Set to [Ignore] only if necessary . VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage, -12V Voltage, -5V Voltage, 2.5V Voltage, Bat Voltage, 1.5V Voltage [xx.xV] The onboard hardware monitor is able to detect the voltage output by the onboard voltage regulators. Set to [Ignore] only if necessary . NOTE: If any of the monitored items is out of range, an error message will appear: â Hardware Monitor found an error . Enter Power setup menu for details â . Y ou will then be prompted to â Press F1 to continue, DEL to enter SETUP â. (scroll down to see more items, as shown here)
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 73 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Boot Menu Boot Sequence The Boot menu allows you to select among the four possible types of boot devices listed using the up and down arrow keys. By using the < > or <Space> key , you can promote devices and by using the <-> key , you can demote devices. Promotion or demotion of devices alters the priority which the sys- tem uses to search for a boot device on system power up. Configuration op- tions: [Removable Devices] [IDE Hard Drive] [A T API CD-ROM] [Other Boot Device] Removable Device [Legacy Floppy] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Legacy Floppy] [LS120] [ZIP-100] [A T API MO] IDE Hard Drive This field allows you to select which IDE hard disk drive to use in the boot sequence. Pressing [Enter] will show the product IDs of all connected IDE hard disk drives. ATAPI CD-ROM This field allows you to select which A T API CD-ROM drive to use in the boot sequence. Pressing [Enter] will show the product IDs of all your con- nected A T API CD-ROM drives. Other Boot Device Select [INT18 Device (Network)] Configuration options: [Disabled] [SCSI Boot Device] [INT18 Device (Net- work)] [LANDesk (R) Service Agent] 4.6 Boot Menu
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 74 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Boot Menu Plug & Play O/S [No] This field allows you to use a Plug-and-Play (PnP) operating system to con- figure the PCI bus slots instead of using the BIOS. When [Y es] is selected, interrupts may be reassigned by the OS. When a non-PnP OS is installed or you want to prevent reassigning of interrupt settings, select the default set- ting of [No]. Configuration options: [No] [Y es] Boot Virus Detection [Enabled] This field allows you to set boot virus detection, ensuring a virus-free boot sector . The system halts and displays a warning message when it detects a virus. If this occurs, you can either allow the operation to continue or use a virus-free bootable floppy disk to restart and investigate your system. Con- figuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Quick Power On Self Test [Enabled] This field speeds up the Power-On-Self T est (POST) routine by skipping retesting a second, third, and fourth time. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 75 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Exit Menu Exit Saving Changes Once you are finished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. The CMOS RAM is sustained by an onboard backup battery and stays on even when the PC is turned of f. Once this option is selected, a confirmation is asked. Select [Y es] to save changes and exit. NOTE: If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program will prompt you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Pressing <Enter> will then save changes while exiting. Exit Discarding Changes This option should only be used if you do not want to save the changes you have made to the Setup program. If you have made changes to fields other than system date, system time, and password, the system will ask for con- firmation before exiting. 4.7 Exit Menu Once you have made all of your selections from the various menus in the Setup pro- gram, you should save your changes and exit Setup. Select Exit from the menu bar to display the following menu: NOTE: Pressing <Esc> does not exit this menu. Y ou must select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit this menu.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 76 4. BIOS SETUP 4. BIOS SETUP Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When this option is selected or if <F5> is pressed, a confirmation is requested. Select [Y es] to load default values. Y ou can now select Exit Saving Changes or make other changes before saving the val- ues to the non-volatile RAM. Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the values you previously saved. After selecting this option, a confirmation is requested. Select [Y es] to discard any changes and load the previously saved values. Save Changes This option saves your selections without exiting the Setup program. Y ou can then return to other menus and make changes. After selecting this op- tion, all selections are saved and a confirmation is requested. Select [Y es] to save any changes to the non-volatile RAM. Exit Menu
77 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP NOTE: The screen displays in this and the following section may not reflect exactly the screen contents displayed on your screen. 5.1 Install Operating System Y ou should always use the latest operating system and updates when using new hardware to ensure full compliancy . Y ou may use any version of W indows 98/2000/ Millenium, but for W indows 95, you must use OSR 2.0 or later . For W indows NT 4.0, you must use Service Pack 3.0 or later . 5.2 Start Windows When you start W indows 98 for the first time after installing your motherboard, W indows will detect all plug-and play devices. Follow the Add New Hardware W iz- ard to install all necessary device drivers. When prompted to restart, select No and then follow the setup procedures in this section. NOTE: Because there are various motherboard settings, options, and expansion cards, the following can only be used as a general reference and may not reflect exactly the screen contents displayed on your screen.
78 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5. 3 CUA Series Motherboard Support CD NOTE: The support CD contents are subject to change at any time without notice. T o begin using your support CD disc, just insert it into your CD-ROM drive and the support CD installation menu should appear . If the menu does not appear , double- click or run D:\ASSETUP .EXE (assuming that your CD-ROM drive is drive D: ). 5.3.1 Installation Menu ⢠AGP Minipor t Driver Installs the AGP Miniport Driver for W indows 9x. ⢠ASUS Display Driver: Installs the ASUS display driver (NVIDIA RIV A TNT2). ⢠ALi Audio Accelerator Driver: Installs ALI Audio Accelerator Driver ⢠AMR Modem Driver: Installs AMR modem driver (PCtel HSP). ⢠AS U S PC P ro be Vx.xx: Installs a smart utility to monitor your computer â s fa n speed , voltage, and CPU temperature. ⢠ASUS Update Vx.xx: Installs ASUS Update to allow download of the latest BIOS for your motherboard and other driver updates. ⢠Y AMAHA Soft Synthesizer S-YXG50: Installs the Y amaha XGplayer for playing MIDI files, audio files, movie files and audio CDs. See online help for more informa- tion. ⢠PC-Cillin 98 Vx.xx: Installs the PC-cillin virus protection software. V iew the online help for more information. ⢠ADOBE Acrobat Reader Vx.xx: Installs the Adobe Acrobat Reader software neces- sary to view user â s manuals saved in PDF format. Updated or other language versions of this motherboard's manual is available in PDF format at any of our web sites. ⢠Cyberlink V ideo and Audio Applications: Installs Cyberlink PowerPlayer SE, PowerDVD T rial, and Cyberlink V ideoLive Mail. ⢠Show Motherboard Information: Allows you to view information about your motherboard, such as product name, BIOS version, and CPU. ⢠Br owse Suppor t CD: Allows you to view the contents of the CD. ⢠ReadMe: Allows you to view the support CD file list and contact information. ⢠Exit: Exits the CD installation menu. Additonal CD Content: Flash BIOS writer i n the A FLASH folder .
79 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5 . 4 AGP Miniport Driver Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. (1) Click her e. Setup will automatically install the AGP Miniport Driver into your computer . T o make use of the driver immediately , re- start your system after the installation procedures are finished. NOTE: Y ou may choose to restart your computer later when this option is of- fered, especially if you still want to install other drivers and/or software. Y ou may not, however , be able to use immediately the devices associated with the drivers or software because these drivers need to be enabled. These drivers are enabled when W indows starts/restarts.
80 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5 . 5 ASUS Display Driver Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. (1) Click her e. (2) Click on preferr ed option and then click here. (3) Click her e to complete setup. Setup starts to copy the display driver into your computer ...
81 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5 . 6 ALi Audio Accelerator Driver Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. (2) Click here. (1) Click her e. (3) Click here to complete setup.
82 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5 . 7 AMR Modem Driver Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. (1) Click her e and then follow the instructions on the screen that follows.
83 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5.8 ASUS PC Probe Vx.xx Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. NOTE: ASUS PC Probe will not run if another hardware monitoring utility is in- stalled. T o uninstall any program, see 5.14 Uninstalling Programs . (2) Click her e. (3) Click her e. (4) Click her e. (5) Click her e. (6) Click her e. (7) Click here. (8) Click Next and when the Setup Complete box appears, click Finish to complete setup. (1) Click her e.
84 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5 . 9 ASUS Update Vx.xx Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. (2) Click here. (1) Click her e. (5) Click her e to complete setup. (3) Click her e. (4) Click here.
85 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5.1 0 Y AMAHA Soft Synthesizer S-YXG50 Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. NOTE: Make sure that you have uninstalled any old version of the Y AMAHA SoftSynthesizer/XGplayer before installing this version. If you can â t uninstall your old version using the procedures in 5.14 Uninstalling Programs, see the README.TXT files under the Y amaha folder of your support CD for uninstallation information. (2) Click her e. (4) Click her e. (3) Enter the information requested and click her e. (5) Click her e and then respond accordingly when prompted (6&7 below) (8) Click her e. (9) Click her e. (6) (7) (1) Click her e.
86 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5.1 1 PC-Cillin 98 Vx.xx Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. (3) Click here only after you have read the License Agreement. (8) Insert a floppy disk and then click here. Once the Emergency Clean disk is created, click OK . (2) Click her e. (4) Setup will pr oceed with the installation if no viruses are found. Click here to start installation. (5) Click her e. (6) & (7) Select the pr eferred featur es by clicking the appropriate buttons. (9) Click her e and then click Finish to restart. (1) Click her e.
87 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5.12 ADOBE Acrobat Reader Vx.xx Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. (2) Click her e. (4) Click her e. (3) Click here only after you have read the License Agreement. (5) Click her e and then click Finish to restart. (1) Click her e.
88 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5.1 3 Cyberlink V ideo and Audio Applications 5.13.1 System Requirements ⢠Pentium-100MHz PC compatible ⢠Microsoft W indows 95/98/NT/2000 ⢠Hard disk drive with at least 10MB of free space ⢠4x speed or above CD-ROM drive ⢠Sound card with a W indows wave audio driver ⢠256 (or above) color VGA card is required. A VGA card with ⢠DirectDraw support ⢠8MB system memory 5.13.2 Cyberlink Contact Information
89 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5.13.3 Installation Procedures Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive or double-click the CD drive icon in My Computer to bring up the setup screen. (2) Click her e. (3) Click her e. (4) Click her e and follow the onscreen instructions to complete installation. (6) Click here and follow the onscr een instructions to complete installation. (7) Click her e and follow the onscreen instructions to complete installation. (5) Click her e to install PowerDVD. (1) Click her e.
90 5. SOFTW ARE SETUP ASUS CUA User â s Manual 5. S/W SETUP Windows 98 5.14 Uninstalling Programs Add/Remove Programs is a basic component within W indows. Y ou may use this function if a program does not provide its own uninstallation program. (1) Double-click her e to open the Add/Remove Programs Properties dialog box. (2) Select the pr ogram to remove and click her e. (3) Click her e.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 91 6. S/W REFERENCE ASUS PC Probe 6.1 ASUS PC Probe ASUS PC Probe is a convenient utility to continuously monitor your com- puter system â s vital components, such as fan rotations, voltages, and tem- peratures. It also has a utility that lets you review useful information about your computer , such as hard disk space, memory usage, and CPU type, CPU speed, and internal/external frequencies through the DMI Explorer . 6.1.1 Starting ASUS PC Probe When ASUS PC Probe starts, a splash screen appears allowing you to select whether to show the screen again when you open PC Probe or not. T o by- pass this startup screen, clear the Show up in next execution check box. T o open ASUS PC Probe, click the W indows Start button, point to Pro- grams , and then ASUS Utility, and then click Pr obe Vx.xx . The PC Probe icon will appear on the taskbar â s system tray indicating that ASUS PC Probe is running. Clicking the icon will allow you to see the status of your PC. 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 92 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE ASUS PC Probe 6.1.2 Using ASUS PC Probe Monitoring Monitor Summary Shows a summary of the items being monitored. T emperature Monitor Shows the PC â s temperature (for supported processors only). T emperature Warning threshold adjustment (Move the slider up to increase the threshold level or down to decrease the threshold level) Fan Monitor Shows the PC â s fan rotation. V oltage Monitor Shows the PC â s voltages. Fan W arning threshold adjustment (Move the slider up to increase the threshold level or down to decrease the threshold level)
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 93 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE ASUS PC Probe Settings Lets you set threshold levels and poll- ing intervals or refresh times of the PC â s temperature, fan rotation, and voltages. History Lets you record the monitoring activ- ity of a certain component of your PC for future reference. Information Hard Drives Shows the used and free space of the PC â s hard disk drives and the file allo- cation table or file system used. Fan Control Lets you enable/disable Smart Fan Con- trol. Smart Fan Control adjusts the fan speed automatically based on the current CPU temperature and predefined thresh- old. CPU Cooling System Setup Lets you select when to enable software CPU cooling. When When CPU Overheated is selected, the CPU cooling system is enabled whenever the CPU temperature reaches the threshold value. Click to open the next set of Moni- toring options. Click to open the previous set of Monitoring options.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 94 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE Device Summary Shows a summary of devices in your PC. DMI Explorer Shows information pertinent to the PC, such as CPU type, CPU speed, and in- ternal/external frequencies, and memory size. Utility Lets you run programs outside of the ASUS Probe modules. T o run a program, click Execute Program. NOTE: This feature is currently unavailable. 6. S/W REFERENCE ASUS PC Probe Memory Shows the PC â s memory load, memory usage, and paging file usage.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 95 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6.1.3 ASUS PC Probe T ask Bar Icon Right clicking the P C Probe icon will bring up a menu to open o r exit ASUS PC Probe and pause or resume all sys- tem monitoring. When the ASUS PC Probe senses a problem wi th your PC, portions of the ASUS PC Probe icon changes to red, the PC speaker beeps, and the ASUS PC Probe monitor is dis- played. 6. S/W REFERENCE ASUS PC Probe
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 96 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE XGplayer 6.2 Y AMAHA SoftSynthesizer S-YXG50 The XGplayer that is installed when you choose this option is an application that is used to playback multimedia files. The XGplayer allows playback of MIDI files (.mid, .rmi), audio files (.wav , .mp3), movie files (.avi, .mpg) and audio CDs all from a single application. W ith MIDI files, you can mix, arrange (change voices/ effects) and attach MIDI files to e-mails. Also, its links to various Internet services allows you to listen to music on web sites or purchase music easily . 6.2.1 Using Y AMAHA XGplayer T o set up the S-YXG50 SoftSynthesizer to match your system â s performance (for example, playback sound, quality priority/CPU load reduction priority), click Start , point to Programs, point to Y AMAHA SoftSynthesizer S-YXG50 , and then click S-YXG50 Setup . Y ou may also right-click the Y AMAHA SXG Driver icon on the taskbar and then click SoftSynthesizer Setup . T o get help on the SoftSynthesizer settings, click Start, point to Pr ograms , point to Y AMAHA SoftSynthesizer S-YXG50 , and then click S-YXG50 Help. T o start the Y AMAHA XGplayer , click Start, point to Programs, point to Y AMAHA SoftSynthesizer S-YXG50 , and then click XGplayer . Y ou may also right-click the Y AMAHA SXG Driver icon on the taskbar and then click XGplayer . For details on the Y AMAHA XGplayer , click the Help icon on the Main Panel. Y ou may also right-click the Y AMAHA SXG Driver icon on the taskbar and then click SoftSynthesizer Help . 6.2.2 Y AMAHA XGplayer Main Panel Master V olume Control Select T op Song Select Final Song Select Previous Song Select Next Song Playback Pause Fast Forward Rewind V ersion Information Song Number Display Power Setup Key Control T empo Control
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 97 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6.2.3 Y AMAHA XGplayer Mixer Panel T o open the Mixer Panel, click the Open Mixer icon on the Main Panel. 6.2.4 Y AMAHA XGplayer Minimize Panel T o open the Minimize Panel, click theMinimize icon on the Main Panel. V ersion Information Power Master V olume Slider Help Return to Original State Open Mixer Song Name Display T ime Display Select Previous Song Select Next Song Playback Pause Stop Smart Arrangement Block Effects Block Master V olume Slider Exit Minimize Effect Control CPU Usage Rate Polyphony Level Meter Display Channel V olume Slider Pan Knob Channel Solo V oice Select Channel Mute 6. S/W REFERENCE XGPlayer
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 98 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE XGPlayer 6.2.5 T roubleshooting Cannot install ⢠Do you have the required hardware, such as hard disk and memory? ⢠Do you have the required software, such as MS-DOS and W indows? ⢠Installation may not be possible if you have insufficient space on your hard disk. Delete unneeded files to increase the free space on your disk. Does not start ⢠Do you have the required hardware, such as hard disk and memory? ⢠Do you have the required software, such as MS-DOS and W indows? ⢠W ere you able to install using the specified procedure? No sound ⢠Is the MIDI driver correctly installed? ⢠Is the tone generator set correctly? ⢠Is volume set to zero in the XGstudio Player or XGstudio Mixer panels? ⢠If you are using an external tone generator , is the serial or MIDI cable and the audio cables connected correctly? ⢠Are the volumes of your tone generator , audio playback system, and application raised? ⢠If you have connected an external tone generator via a serial cable, is the rear panel select switch set correctly? (For the name of the select switch, refer to the owner's manual for your external tone generator .) ⢠If you are using a Soft Synthesizer , is it set so that the computer sound output is heard correctly?
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 99 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6.3 ASUS LiveUpdate ASUS LiveUpdate is a utility that allows you to update your motherboard â s BIOS and drivers. The use of this utility requires that you are properly con- nected to the Internet through an I nternet S ervice Provider (ISP). 1. Start ASUS Update. Launch the utility from Start | Programs | ASUS Utility | ASUS LiveUpdate. 2. Select an update method. 3. If you selected updating/downloading from the Internet, you will need to select an Internet site. Choose the site that is closest to you or click Auto Select . If you selected Update fr om a file , you will be prompted to locate the file. 6. S/W REFERENCE LiveUpdate
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 100 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE (This page was intentionally left blank.) 6. S/W REFERENCE
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 101 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 6.4 CyberLink PowerPlayer SE CyberLink PowerPlayer SE is an intelligent software player that can automatically detect and playback all kinds of video/audio files, CD and MP3 files as well. This is the only software you need for all types of video and audio files. No need to waste time identifying your file types. 6.4.1 Starting CyberLink PowerPlayer SE T o start CyberLink Power Player, click the W indows Start button, point to Programs , and then CyberLink PowerPlayer SE , and then click PowerPlayer . 6.4.2 CyberLink PowerPlayer Control Panel Power Off Help Eject Minimize Zoom About Backstep Frame Backward Scan Stop Forward Scan Step Frame Next Previous Stop Configuration i-Power! CD Mode Shuffle Play Increase V olume Mute Decrease V olume Karaoke Next angle Next audio stream Next subtitle Add bookmark Capture frame Go-Up Repeat Menu Go to bookmark
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 102 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 6.5 CyberLink PowerDVD CyberLink PowerDVD is the flagship of CyberLink â s complete range of video and audio software products. It features unrivaled functions allowing users to view high quality video and media-rich DVD contents on the personal computer . W ith the i- Power Internet Enabling feature, PowerDVD opens DVD enthusiasts to on-line DVD resources via the PowerDVD Desktop Portal Page. 6.5.1 Starting CyberLink PowerDVD T o start CyberLink PowerDVD, click the W indows Start button, point to Pr ograms , and then CyberLink PowerDVD , and then click PowerDVD . 6.5.2 CyberLink PowerDVD User Interface Control Panel (closed) Control Wheel Functions Main Display Exit Minimize Eject Help Full Screen / Video W indow CD/File Mode
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 103 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 6.6 CyberLink V ideoLive Mail CyberLink â s V ideoLive Mail Plus V er 3.0 (a.k.a. VLM 3) is a convenient and excel- lent way to create professional quality video mails from PC video/audio input de- vices and to send the mails to any recipients via VLM 3 â s built-in e-mail system through the Internet. VLM 3 â s mails comprise video, sound, or snapshot informa- tion; and thus may convey the most profound information to tar get audiences. It is very convenient for mail recipients who do not need to install additional software component in order to view VLM 3 mails. VLM 3 works as a very applicant sales tool. It ef ficiently delivers profound and live product information to your tar get customers without costing a fortune. VLM 3 also helps corporate managers easily give vivid speeches and broadcast through corpo- rate E-mail system. For personal or home users, VLM 3 easily records live video clips allowing users to send them to friends or family members across the Internet. VLM 3 loads video messages from PC cameras, digital camcorders, analog camcorder via video capture cards, or from an existing A VI video clips, and captures audio messages from PC microphones. V ideo and audio messages are encoded at a very high compressed rate in a real-time mode. From data input, data conversion, to sending video mails via Internet, or saving data to disks, the whole procedure is done in an easy and continuous process. VLM 3 â s video clip compression rate is up to 1:900, and its playback rate is up to 30 frame per second. VLM 3 provides CIF (352 x 288 pixel) display resolution, and support true color configuration. A one-minute video mail with QCIF (176 x 144) resolution takes up less than 500KB of memory , making it easy to transmit and save mail. Users may always adjust resolution and recording parameters for different purpose. VLM 3 supports all the hardware devices that are compliant with V ideo for W in- dows standard. V ideo for W indows is a well-accepted and well-tested standard. Thus, users do not have to worry about compatibility issues.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 104 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 6.7.2 CyberLink VideoLive Mail User Interface 6.6.1 Starting VideoLive Mail T o start V ideoLive Mail , click the W indows Start button, point to Programs, and then CyberLink VideoLive Mail , and then click V ideoLive Mail x.x . VLM 3 â s Setup W izard will start and guide you through configuring the video and audio input peripherals and to setup the e-mail environment. 1. Setup W izard first will prompt a dialog to confirm that you want to configure the hardware and E-mail setting. Click Ye s to continue the system parameter configuration. 2. The e-mail configuration screen appears. Y ou will need to enter your name and the e-mail address. Click Next to continue. 3. The Internet e-mail configuration screen appears. Y ou may choose to use the VLM 3 built-in E-mail functionality (SMTP mail), or use MAPI compliant e- mail system. Consult your ISP or MIS staff for the E-mail server IP address if you are not sure. Click Next to continue. 4. Then the V ideo Configuration screen shows up. Y ou may have to specify the video driver for VLM 3, if there are several video-input devices installed. Then configure the number of video frames to be captured per second. Note that the more frames you choose, the bigger the file size will be. Click Next to continue. 5. Then the Setup W izard will then search for the GSM CODECS module for au- dio compression, and prompt you with the result. Click Next to continue. 6. Setup W izard then tests the audio volume during playing and recording. Click Next when ready . 7. Configuration done. Click Finish to complete the environmental setting proce- dure. Start Playback Video Configuration Snapshot to File Exit Minimize Help Pause Stop Recording / Playback Start Recording Increase MIC volume Decrease MIC volume Increase speaker volume D e crease speaker volume Video Mail W izard Send Mail Send Mail Save Video File Load Video File
6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 6.7 ASUS Control Panel The motherboard â s built-in 2D/3D AGP VGA supports high-end professional graphics design, gaming, learning, and business applications. NOTE: Depending on your system configuration, components, and options, your system may not show all of the settings displayed in the following pictures. ASUS CUA User â s Manual 105 ASUS Control Panel icon NOTE: Instead of clicking the ASUS Control Panel icon, you may right-click the W indows95/98 desktop, click Properties , and then click Settings. Under W indows98, click Advanced after clicking Settings . Click the appro- priate tab to change your display settings. After installation of the display drivers, you will find an ASUS icon on the taskbar â s status area. Clicking or right- clicking this icon opens the ASUS Control Panel, show- ing a menu composed of shortcuts of the graphics board â s enhanced and other functions. 6.7.1 Refresh Rate Refr esh Rate lets you change the refresh rate of your current screen resolution. 1. Click/right-click the ASUS Control Panel icon, point to Refr esh Rate , and then click the desired refresh rate. 2. The system will then prompt you whether you want to keep the setting you just se- lected. Click OK to keep the setting, other - wise, click Cancel or press ESC. W ARNING! Be sure that the refresh rate that you select is supported by your monitor . Selecting a refresh rate that is beyond your monitor â s specification may damage it. Pr ess ESC to r estore your original settings in case of problems.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 106 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 6.7.2 More Resolution More Resolution lets you change the screen resolution of your monitor . 1. Click/right-click the ASUS Con- trol Panel icon, point to Mor e Resolution , and then click the de- sired screen resolution. The sys- tem will automatically set the resolution selected without re- starting your computer . WINDOWS95 USERS: Y ou will be prompted to restart your com- puter if you select a screen reso- lution with a dif ferent color depth, for example, from 800x600 HiColor to 800x600 T rueColor . Click OK to restart your computer to make the change. 6.7.3 Information Information lists the relevant infor - mation about your card. Aside from this, it has links to the ASUST eK COMPUTER, INC. web site for up- dated information about the graphics board, latest drivers, and other infor - mation.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 107 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 6.7.4 Color Color allows you to make color adjustments, such as brightness, contrast, and gamma values for each or all of the RGB colors. These adjustments can be made for Desk- top, D3D/Game, V ideo, and OpenGL. The color settings of Desktop, D3D/Game, and OpenGL are not adjustable under 8-bit colr depth. Desktop Desktop lets you adjust the color of your W indows desktop. D3D/Game D3D/Game lets you make your favorite color settings for D3D games. V ideo V ideo lets you make your favorite color settings for videos. OpenGL OpenGL lets you make your favorite color settings for OpenGL applications.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 108 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 General Functions Brightness / Contrast / Gamma Brightness / Contrast / Gamma sliders let you calibrate the brightness, contrast, and gamma output of your display card. Desktop Changes to your color settings are shown immediately on your monitor . Y ou may change the preview picture by clicking Load from the Desktop box. Dragging a slider to the left decreases the level and to the right increases it. The number at the right of each slider displays the brightness (value range: -128 to 128, default: 0), contrast (-30 to 30, default: 0), or gamma value (0.2 to 3.0, default: 1.0). D3D/Game / OpenGL Changes to your color settings are shown immediately on your monitor . Brightness / Contrast / Hue / Saturation Brightness / Contrast / Hue / Satura- tion sliders let you calibrate the bright- ness, contrast, hue, and saturation out- put of your display card. V ideo Changes to your settings can be viewed on the displayed picture (shown as race horses). Scheme Scheme lists schemes that you can use to change the appearance of many screen elements simultaneously . Y ou can use existing schemes, or create and save your own scheme by saving your current settings, or delete unwanted schemes. Y ou may want to save a scheme that you created for some spe- cial situations, such as when you want to use the same settings when playing a certain game or a movie. Color Spline Color Spline shows how each (R, G, or B) or all channels are distributed when you move the Brightness, Con- trast, or Gamma slider to make your adjustments. Y ou can adjust all chan- nels at once ( All) or individual chan- nels ( R , G, or B ). Dragging a slider to the left decreases the level and to the right increases it. The number at the right of each slider displays the brightness (value range: -100 to 100, default: 0), contrast (0 to 200, default: 100), hue (-180 to 180, default: 0), or saturation value (0 to 200, default: 100).
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 109 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 Important Notes D3D/Game The color settings of D3D/Game take ef fect only when you are playing a full-scr een DirectDraw/Direct3D game. V ideo Only one overlay is allowed at a time. That is, when you click V ideo first and then run your favorite video player , you can only see the adjustments you made to the settings in the preview window because the video player cannot use the hardware acceleration function (overlay). On the other hand, if you run your video player first before opening V ideo , the preview window will show a warning message. The mes- sage may also appear when you click V ideo and the dialog box is on the wrong monitor in a W indows 98/2000 multiple display environment.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 110 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 6.7.5 Display Display lets you make monitor adjustments, such as position, size, and refresh rate. W ARNING! Adjusting position or size, especially refresh rate is a highly danger- ous operation. Selecting a value that is beyond your monitor â s specification may damage it. Pr ess ESC to r estor e your original settings in case of pr oblems. VGA Adjustment Position sets the screen position Size sets the screen size Synchronization Adjusts the synchronization polarity settings Change current r efresh rate (W indows 98 only) Displays the Change current refresh rate box to let you customize a new refresh rate. T o change the current refresh rate 1 . Click Change current r efr esh rate . 2 . In the Refresh rate list under Change current r efresh rate , click the nearest default refresh rate and then adjust the Edit r efresh rate slider to the rate you want, click T est and then click YES when prompted to add the new refresh rate into the list. Otherwise, the original refresh rate will be restored. Load default Restores the settings to their defaults. Disable Monitor Check Lets you disable the specification check of your monitor . That is, you may select all the resolutions and refresh rates that the VGA card can support. Note: Choosing a resolution or refresh rate beyond the monitor specifications may damage your monitor .
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 111 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 Change r efresh rate Displays the Change refresh rate box to let you change the refresh rate of any screen resolution. GDI (W indows 98 only) GDI lets you change the refresh rate of the Windows desktop. T o change the refresh rate 1. Click Change refr esh rate . 2. In the Refresh Rate list under the GDI tab, select the refresh rate you want to use. A T est button appears to let you test the selected refresh rate and resolution combination. Click YES when prompted whether to keep the new refresh rate. Otherwise, the original refresh rate will be re- stored. DirectDraw DirectDraw lets you change the refresh rate of DirectDraw . It is most useful when you are playing a full-screen game. T o change the refresh rate 1. Click Change refr esh rate . 2. In the Refresh Rate list under the DirectDraw tab, select the refresh rate you want to use.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 112 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 TV NOTE: This tab will not be avail- able if your computer is not con- nected to a TV . Position Sets the screen position. Standard Sets the TV signal format, for example, P AL or NTSC. Output type Displays the connection status of composite and S-Video. Scan type Sets the scan type of the TV display . Black Level Sets the brightness of the TV display . Contrast Sets the contrast of the TV display . Flicker Filter Sets the anti-flicker effect. Digital Flat Panel NOTE: This tab will not be avail- able if your computer is not con- nected to a digital flat panel. This tab lets you determine how lower resolutions are displayed on your de- vice, whether to Use display adapter scaling , Centered output , or Use monitor scaling .
113 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 6.7.6 Advanced Advanced provides some advanced settings for the onboard VGA chip and ASUS VR-100G 3D Glasses (optional) and Direct3D and OpenGL, which are software interfaces for the VGA chip. Direct3D VR Background Background is set in conjunction with Foreground to extend or stretch the histogram chart on the D3D OSD box to scale the depth of 3D objects. On the D3D OSD box, move the Foreground slider to the left to adjust Foreground to the Z value of objects toward 1.0. On the Advanced dialog box (see above), several current games set their Background to 100. Blind Lets you discard â garbageâ or crop the unwanted areas of your leftmost/rightmost display . Setting this to 0 will not discard any of the display area while setting it to a higher value will clear them. Tips 1. Make sure that the 3D objects of your games do not appear extremely separated between the scenes of two eyes, especially near ob- jects. 2. Make some objects appear outside your screen and other objects inside the screen. A ratio of 1:3 to 1:5 of objects outside and inside is rec- ommended. 3. For car racing games, you can use Emboss- ment to make just your car appear outside the screen. 4. For first-person shooting games, you can use Embossment to make just your hand/weapon appear outside the screen. Foreground Foreground is set in conjunction with Background to extend or stretch the histogram chart on the D3D OSD box to scale the depth of 3D objects. Some games require only a little range of Z to make bad stereoscopic effect. On the D3D OSD box, move the Foreground slider to the left to adjust Foreground to the Z value of objects stretched toward 0.0. On the Advanced dialog box (see above), several cur- rent games set their Foreground to 60. VR Ef fect Lists all parameters to fine tune the stereo- scopic effects for your Direct 3D games. Enable Stereoscopic Mode When selected, this enables you to use the stereo- scopic mode when playing games or watching 3D videos. This mode is available only with an ASUS 3D glasses connected. NOTE: Y ou must quit all running DirectDraw/ Direct3D applications and then restart them for this option to take effect. Load Default Restores the settings to their defaults. Depth Adjust this to add more depth to the scene.When set to a too high value, eye discomfort/fatigue may occur . Embossment Adjust this to add more to the illusion of objects being pulled or popping out of the screen. See On Screen Display later in this section for details. When set to a too high value, eye discomfort/fa- tigue may occur . Direction Move the slider to the left when adjusting Emboss- ment does not give the expected effects (e.g., some objects being pulled or popping out of the screen and other objects being pulled into the screen) to some games. This should not be a concern because only a few games require the default â â setting to be changed, that is setting it to âââ .
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 114 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 W ARNING! T o prevent discomfort and eye fatigue when using your stereoscopic or 3D glasses, DO NOT try to use your 3D glasses for an extended period of time. T ake frequent short breaks to give your muscles and eyes a chance to rest by taking off your 3D glasses and then looking up and focusing on distant objects. IMPORT ANT : Befor e enabling ster eoscopic mode and using your optional ste- r eoscopic or 3D glasses (ASUS VR-100G) , make sure that your monitor can sup- port the selected refresh rate (interlaced mode) under the following display modes: 16 bits: 640 x 480, 800 x 600, 960 x 720, 1024 x 768, 1 152 x 864 32 bits: 640 x 480, 800 x 600 Mode Line Interleave Select for better compatibility with most monitors, particularly monitors with less bandwidth or less range of horizontal/vertical frequency . Stereoscopic visual quality , however , will be poor because only half the number of vertical lines are generated with this mode. Page Flipping Select for the best stereoscopic visual quality . Page Flipping provides double vertical resolution compared with Line Interleave. Y our monitor must be able to support the high frequency (at least 100Hz) necessary for this mode. Refresh Rate T o prevent eye discomfort and fatigue, high refresh rates are preferred. Some monitors, however , may not be able to support a high refresh rate. Make sure that your monitor supports a selected refresh rate; otherwise, your monitor may become unstable, for example, a blank screen may occur . Scheme Scheme lists schemes that you can use to change the appearance of many screen elements simultaneously . Y ou can use existing schemes, or create and save your own scheme by saving your current settings, or delete unwanted schemes. Y ou may want to save a scheme that you created for some special situations, such as when you want to use the same settings when playing a certain game or a movie. On Screen Display Enable OSD When selected, this lets you open the D3D On Screen Display (you may use the defined Hotkey) and then adjust onscreen the settings of your 3D glasses and display card when playing Direct 3D games. Hotkey This lets you assign hot keys to enable onscreen display or OSD. T o use this function, select Enable OSD . Y ou may want to change the default hot key ( CTRL AL T O ) when it conflicts with hot keys of certain games, video players, or Windows programs. T o change the default hot keys 1. With your mouse cursor in the Hotkey box, press the hot key combination of your choice (you can only define CTRL AL T key combinations). Hot keys automatically include CTRL AL T . Press any valid key (you cannot use ESC , ENTER , TA B , SP ACEBAR , PRINT SCREEN , or BACKSP ACE ) you want to add to this combi- nation. For example, to define the hot key combination CTRL AL T D , press D . NOTE: The hot keys will be available only if you selected the Enable OSD check box.
115 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 OSD Settings All registered and unregistered trademarks are the property of their respective users. No intended endorsement of these products or games by ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. and its subsidiaries is intended or implied. The OSD Histogram Chart lets you determine at which Z range 3D objects are located and how they gather . For example, if this chart (simulated) was displayed on a car racing game, the vertices to the left of the E line could be the model of your car and to the right of the E line could be the road, houses, other cars or trees in front of your car . So, with this information, you could ⢠Adjust Embossment by moving the E line. ⢠Adjust Foreground/Background, thus stretching the histogram to make objects more evenly distributed. NOTE: Using the histogram chart requires games using Direct3D 6.0 or earlier . Known Issues on Specific Games See the included support CD for the latest information ( D3DVR.TXT in the WIN9X folder). The OSD settings include Depth , Embossment , Direction , Background , Foreground , Blind , Brightness , Contrast , and Gamma . See 6. Software Reference | Advanced for a description of the 3D glasses settings and 6. Software Reference | Color for a description of the display settings. When selected, this lets you to adjust onscreen the settings of your 3D glasses and display card when playing games or watching 3D videos. These settings include Eyes , Distance , Embossment , Background , Fore- ground , Blind , Brightness , Contrast , and Gamma . See 6 . Software Reference | Advanced for a description of the 3D glasses settings and 6. Software Reference | Color for a description of the display settings. Use the UP or DOWN arrow keys on your keyboard to select a setting that you want to change or adjust and the PLUS or MINUS keys to move or drag the slider . T o restore the settings to their defaults, press the HOME key . T o close the onscreen display , press the END key . OSD Histogram Chart Z=0.0 E Embossment Z=1.0 Number of vertices on this Z-value 0 1 Beetle Crazy Cup ⢠is copyright © 2000 by INFORGRAMES Original idea and development by XPIRAL ⢠(Efecto Caos S.L.)
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 116 6. SOFTW ARE REFERENCE 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 (This page was intentionally left blank.)
117 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 6. Software Reference 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 Direct3D Windows 98 Onl y Performance and Compatibility Options Enable fog table emulation Some old games do not correctly query the D3D hardware capabilities and expect table fog support. Choos- ing this option will ensure that such games will run properly . Adjust Z-buffer depth to rendering depth if unequal This option forces the hardware to automatically adjust the depth of its Z-buffer to the depth that the applica- tion requests. Normally , you will want to keep this option enabled, unless your work absolutely requires a specific Z-buffer depth. Enable alternate depth buffering technique This option lets the hardware use a different mechanism for depth buf fering in 16-bit applications. Enabling this setting can produce higher quality rendering of 3D images. Display logo when running Direct3D applications This option lets you display the Nvidia logo in the lower corner of the screen while running Direct3D applica- tions.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 118 6. Software Reference 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 Mipmapping Options Mipmap levels automatically generated This option lets the hardware automatically generate mipmaps to increase the efficiency of texture transfers across the bus and provide higher application performance. Auto-mipmap method This option lets you choose the auto-mipmap method. Choose bilinear method for a generally improved performance or anisotropic method for a generally higher quality image. Mipmap detail level This option lets you adjust the level of detail bias for mipmaps. A lower bias will increase the application performance. Command Buffer Location Command Buffer Location lets you choose the location of the command buffer . Default setting is Strict AGP . Strict AGP This option forces all the command buffer into the AGP memory . Choose for best performance. PCI This option forces the command buffer to be created into the PCI memory . If you are experiencing stability problems with your system (especially with some Socket 7 motherboards), choose this option for better compatibility . PCI with reduced heap This option forces the command buffer to be created into the PCI memory . This, however , also reduces the AGP heap size by an amount equal to the size of the command buf fer . If you are experiencing stability problems with your system (especially with some Socket 7 motherboards), choose this option for best com- patibility . Performance is, however , poorer using this option compared with the PCI option.
119 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 6. Software Reference 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 PCI T exture Memory Size NOTE: This setting applies only when running in PCI compatibility mode. PCI T exture Memory Size lets you set the amount of system memory for texture storage. Clicking the up arrow increases the memory size while clicking the down arrow decreases the size of system memory for textures. The maximum amount of sys- tem memory for texture storage depends on the physi- cal memory installed on your system. T urn off V -SYNC waiting T urn off V -SYNC waiting lets an image to be im- mediately rendered to the screen without waiting to be synchronized with the vertical retrace of the monitor . This option allows for frame rates higher than the refresh rate of your monitor . This may , however , produce visual artifacts and tearing, re- sulting in reduced image quality . More Options Pre-Rendering Maximum pre-render frames allows you to limit the number of frames the CPU can prepare before they are processed by the graphics chip when ver- tical sync is turned off. Reduce this value if you ex- perience, while playing games, a noticeable delay in the response of the input devices connected to your computer . T exel Alignment Changing these values will change where the texel origin is defined. The default values conform to the Direct3D specifications. Some software may expect the texel origin to be defined elsewhere. The im- age quality of such applications will improve if the texel origin is redefined. Dragging the slider to the left positions the texel origin toward the upper left corner and to the right positions it toward the center (range: 0 to 7, default: 3).
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 120 6. Software Reference 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 OpenGL VR Mode Line Interleave Select for better compatibility with most monitors, particularly monitors with less specifications. Stereoscopic visual quality , however , will be poor because only half the number of vertical lines are generated with this mode. Page Flipping Select for the best stereoscopic visual quality . Page Flipping provides double vertical resolution compared with Line Interleave. Y our monitor must be able to support the high frequency (at least 100Hz) necessary for this mode. Refresh Rate T o prevent eye discomfort and fatigue, high refresh rates are preferred. Some monitors, however , may not be able to support a high refresh rate. Make sure that your monitor supports a selected refresh rate; otherwise, your monitor may become unstable, for example, a blank screen may occur . Scheme Scheme lists schemes that you can use to change the appearance of many screen elements simultaneously . Y ou can use existing schemes, or create and save your own scheme by saving your current settings, or delete unwanted schemes. Y ou may want to save a scheme that you created for some special situations, such as when you want to use the same settings when playing a certain game or a movie. Embossment Adjust this to add more to the illusion of objects being pulled or popping out of the screen. See On Screen Display later in this section for details. When set to a too high value, eye discomfort/fatigue may occur . T o achieve a better stereoscopic visual quality , set Embossment in conjunction with View Angle . VR Effect Enable Stereoscopic Mode When selected, this enables you to use the stereo- scopic mode when running OpenGL 3D applica- tions and games. This mode is available only with an ASUS 3D glasses connected. Eyes Distance between both eyes. Adjust this to bring objects into focus. Default: 0. View Angle The angle by which your two viewing directions in- tersect. Ad jus t t hi s to add more depth to the scene.When set to a too high value, eye discomfort/ fatigue may occur . W ARNING! T o prevent discomfort and eye fatigue when using your stereoscopic or 3D glasses, DO NOT try to use your 3D glasses for an extended period of time. T ake frequent short breaks to give your muscles and eyes a chance to rest by taking off your 3D glasses and then looking up and focusing on distant objects. IMPORT ANT : Befor e enabling OpenGL ster eoscopic mode and using your ster eo- scopic or 3D glasses (ASUS VR-100G) , make sure that you select a high resolution. The equivalent Stereo Mode resolution of a particular resolution is lower , thus: 16 bits: 2048x1536 â 1024x768 Stereo Mode 32 bits: 1280x960 â 640x480 Stereo Mode, 1280x1024 â 640x480 Stereo Mode, 1600x900 â 800x600 Stereo Mode, 1600x1200 â 800x600 Stereo Mode
121 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 6. Software Reference 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 Unreal T ournament ⢠is copyright © 1999 by Epic Games, Inc. On Screen Display Enable OSD When selected, this lets you open the D3D On Screen Display (you may use the defined Hotkey) and then adjust onscreen the settings of your 3D glasses and display card when playing games or watching 3D videos. Hotkey This lets you assign hot keys to enable onscreen display or OSD. T o use this function, select Enable OSD . Y ou may want to change the default hot key ( CTRL AL T O ) when it conflicts with hot keys of certain games, video players, or Windows programs. T o change the default hot keys 1. With your mouse cursor in the Hotkey box, press the hot key combination of your choice (you can only define CTRL AL T key combinations). Hot keys automatically include CTRL AL T . Press any valid key (you cannot use ESC , ENTER , TA B , SP ACEBAR , PRINT SCREEN , or BACKSP ACE ) you want to add to this combi- nation. For example, to define the hot key combination CTRL AL T D , press D . NOTE: The hot keys will be available only if you selected the Enable OSD check box. OSD Settings When selected, this lets you to adjust onscreen the settings of your 3D glasses and display card when playing games or watching 3D videos. These settings include Eyes , View Angle , Embossment , Brightness , Con- trast , and Gamma . See 6. Software Reference | Advanced for a description of the 3D glasses settings and 6. Software Reference | Color for a description of the display settings. Use the UP or DOWN arrow keys on your keyboard to select a setting that you want to change or adjust and the PLUS or MINUS keys to move or drag the slider . T o restore the settings to their defaults, press the HOME key . T o close the onscreen display , press the END key . Known Issues on Selected Games/Applications See the included support CD for the latest information ( OPENGL VR.TXT in the WIN9X folder). All registered and unregistered trademarks are the property of their respective users. No intended endorsement of these products or games by ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. and its subsidiaries is intended or implied.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 122 6. Software Reference 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 OpenGL Windows 98 Onl y Performance and Compatibility Options Enable buffer region extension This option allows the drivers to use the OpenGL extension GL_KTX_buffer_region. Allow the dual planes extension to use local video memory This option allows the use of local video memory when the GL_KTX_buffer_region extension is enabled. Use fast linear-mipmap-linear filtering This option allows increased application performance at the expense of some image quality loss. In many cases, the loss of image quality may not be noticeable. Enable anisotropic filtering This option allows OpenGL to use anisotropic filtering for improved image quality . Enable alternate depth buffering technique This option lets the hardware use a different mechanis, for depth buffering in 16-bit applications. Enabling this setting produces higher quality rendering of 3D images. Disable support for enhanced CPU instruction sets This option disables driver support for enhanced 3D instruction sets by certain CPUs. Enable full scene antialiasing This option lets OpenGL use full scene antialiasing.
123 ASUS CUA User â s Manual 6. Software Reference 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 Default color depth for textures Maximum system memory (MB) for textures in PCI mode Clicking the up arrow increases the memory size while clicking the down arrow decreases the size of system memory for textures. The maximum amount of system memory for texture storage de- pends on the physical memory installed on your system. Default color depth for textures determines whether textures of a specific color depth should be used by default in OpenGL applications. Options are Use desktop color depth (default), Always use 16 bpp, and Always use 32 bpp . Buf fer flipping mode Buffer flipping mode determines the buffer flipping mode for full-screen OpenGL applications. Options are Auto-select (default), Use block transfer, and Use page flip . V ertical sync V ertical sync lets you specify how vertical sync is handled in OpenGL. Options are Always off (default), Off by default , On by default . Maximum system memory (MB) for textures in PCI mode lets you set the amount of system memory for texture storage. NOTE: This setting applies only when running in PCI compatibility mode.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 124 6. Software Reference 6. S/W REFERENCE Windows 98 Other Windows 98 Onl y Monitor T iming Monitor Timing lets you select the proper timing mode for your monitor . Auto-Detect (let Windows determine the proper mode) This option allows Windows to receive the proper timing information directly from the monitor itself. This is the default setting. NOTE: Some older monitors may not support this feature. General Timing Formula (GTF) GTF is a standard used by most new hardware. Discrete Monitor Timings (DMT) DMT is an older standard still in use on some hardware. Select this option if your hardware requires DMT .
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 125 7.1 PCI-L101 Fast Ethernet Card If you are using the ASUS PCI-L101 on an ASUS motherboard, leave the jumper on its defaut setting of â ASUS.â If you are using another brand of motherboard, set the jumper to â Other . â Connect the W ake on LAN (WOL) output signal to the motherboard â s WOL_CON in order to utilize the wake on LAN feature of the moth- erboard. Connect the LAN activity output signal (LAN_LED) to the system cabinet â s front panel LAN_LED in order to display the LAN data activity . 7. APPENDIX ASUS LAN Card LAN Activity Output Signal RJ45 LEDs Motherboard type Wake on LAN Output Signal ASUS Other Intel Chipset 7. APPENDIX
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 126 7. APPENDIX 7.1.1 Features ⢠Intel 82558 Ethernet LAN Controller (Fully integrated 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX) ⢠W ake-On-LAN Remote Control Function Supported ⢠PCI Bus Master Complies to PCI Local Bus Rev . 2.1 specifications ⢠Consists of MAC & PHY (10/100Mbps) interfaces ⢠Complies to IEEE 802.3 10BASE-T and IEEE 802.3u 100BASE-TX interfaces ⢠Fully supports 10BASE-T & 100BASE-TX operations through a single RJ45 port ⢠Supports 32-bit Bus Master T echnology / PCI Rev . 2.1 ⢠Enhancements on ACPI & APM ⢠Adheres to PCI Bus Power Management Interface Rev . 1.0, ACPI Rev . 1.0, and Device Class Power Management Rev . 1.0 ⢠IEEE 802.3u auto-negotiation for 10Mbps/100Mbps Network Data T ransfer Rates. ⢠Provides LED indicators for monitoring network conditions ⢠Plug and Play 7.1.2 Software Driver Support ⢠NetW are ODI Drivers - Novell Netware 3.x, 4.x, DOS, OS/2 Client ⢠NDIS 2.01 Drivers - Microsoft LAN Manager , Microsoft W indows 3.1 1, IBM LAN Server ⢠NDIS 3.0 Drivers - Microsoft W indows NT , Microsoft W indows 95, Microsoft W indows 3.1 1 7.1.3 Question and Answer Q: What is W ake-On-LAN ? A: The W ake-On-LAN feature provides the capability to remotely power on sys- tems supporting W ake-On-LAN by simply sending a wake-up frame. W ith this feature, remotely uploading/downloading data to/from systems during of f-peak hours will be feasible. Q: What can W ake-On-LAN do for you ? A: W ake-On-LAN is a remote management tool with advantages that can reduce system management workload, provide flexibility to the system administrator â s job, and then of course save you time-consuming ef forts and costs. Q: What components does W ake-On-LAN require to be enable? A: T o enable W ake-On-LAN function, your system requires Ethernet LAN adapter card that can activate W ake-On-LAN function, a client with W ake-On-LAN capa- bility , and software such as LDCM Rev . 3.10 or up that can trigger wake-up frame. 7. APPENDIX ASUS LAN Card
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 127 7. APPENDIX 7. APPENDIX Modem Riser 7.2 Modem Riser 7.2.1 56K Software Modem The Modem Riser (MR) is a high-speed PC communication peripheral which works with AMC â97/MC â 97 compliant codecs. W ith this software modem, you can connect your com- puter to a remote location, receiving data at up to 56 Kbps in V .90 or K56flex modes. 7.2.2 Primary/Seconday MR There are two types of modem risers: primary MR and secondary MR. In appearance, the primary MR has a crystal onboard but the sec- ondary does not. If your motherboard has an audio codec and no PCI audio chipset on- board, you may use the secondary MR; oth- erwise, you should use the primary MR. 7.2.3 Hardware Installation Procedure 1. Power OFF your computer . 2. Open the computer chassis and re- move the metal plate on the AMR ex- pansion slot. 3. Carefully align the MR card â s connec- tor to the AMR slot and press firmly . 4. Secure the MR card onto the chassis with the screw removed in step 2. 5. Connect the MR card â s LINE connec- tor to a telephone wall jack. Connect the PHONE connector to a telephone (optional). 6. Replace the computer chassis. T op: PHONE Bottom: LINE Codec Crystal Layout of Primary MR
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 128 7. APPENDIX 7. APPENDIX Modem Riser 7.2.4 Software Setup in Windows 98 The Modem Riser supports the Plug and Play feature. It allows your computer to automatically set the optimal configurations for the MR and communication soft- ware. Follow the procedure below to install the modem driver . 1. Power ON the computer after the hard- ware installation is completed. 2 . W indows 98 will automatically detect the modem and display a â PCI Card â mes- sage under â Add New Hardware Found â . 3. Select Search for the best driver for your device and click Next . 4. Insert the Support CD that came with your motherboard into your CD-ROM drive. Enter the path E :\Modem\W in98 (assuming that your CD-ROM drive is drive E:) for the MR driver . 5. After the driver is located, click Next and then click Finish . 6. Restart your computer . Double click the modem icon at the bottom-right corner of the window . 7. Click the Settings tab. Select your coun- try and language. Click OK . 8. Click Start , point to Settings , click Contr ol Panel , double click Modems , click the General tab, and click Motorala SM56 AC-L Modem . 9. Click Diagnostic and then click the designated COM port as shown. 10. Click More Info... . If the computer sys- tem successfully communicates with the modem, responses will be displayed as shown.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 129 7. APPENDIX 7.3 ASUS CIDB The optional ASUS CIDB is a module for providing audible intrusion alarm and logging for ASUS motherboards equipped with the chassis connector . The module detects a chassis intrusion by either light striking its photo sensor or by the closing or opening of a chassis-mounted momentary toggle switch. An intrusion memory function allows detection and clearing the intrusion notification by the BIOS pro- gram on the next bootup. 7.3.1 Using the ASUS CIDB 1. Y ou must have an ASUS motherboard with: (1) a chassis connector and (2) a System Management Bus (SMB) connector . 2. Connect the CIDB directly to the chassis connector or use the provided exten- sion cable and mount the CIDB to the chassis using a double-sided foam adhe- sive tape or with screws and spacer posts. CAUTION! The CIDB â s component pins and metallic points must not come in contact with another metallic surface or else shorting will occur! 3. Use the SMBIN connector and the provided SMB cable to connect the CIDB to the SMB connector on the motherboard. If another SMB device is already used on the motherboard, you may unplug it and connect it to the SMBOUT connec- tor on the CIDB. 4. Check the hardware settings: ⢠PHOTO jumper should be enabled to use the photo sensor . ⢠MS1 and/or MS2 connectors should be connected to momentary toggle switches mounted on the chassis to use the switch close or switch open method for triggering an intrusion event. Battery for the memory Buzzer to sound the alarm Photo sensor to detect intrusion by light Connector to dock with the motherboardâs SMBus connector Connector to dock with the motherboardâs chassis connector Intrusion memory Photo sensor sensitivity adjustment Chassis connector extension cable SMB cable Pass-through for another SMBus device Connectors to detect intrusion by chassis mounted micro switches 7. APPENDIX ASUS CIDB
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 130 7. APPENDIX 7.3.2 Setting up the ASUS CIDB 7.3.3 ASUS CIDB Additional Considerations 1. If there is no power to the motherboard (i.e. removing the power cord or turning the power supply â s switch off), the alarm will not sound but the CIDB will still memorize an intrusion event which BIOS will detect on the next bootup. 2. Any chassis intrusion detection components on the motherboard will not work if the CIDB is used. 3. The P2B-LS motherboard must use an external battery pack on the EXTBA TT connector or else neither the alarm or intrusion memory functions will work. 5. T o stop the alarm from sounding, use the BIOS setup or momentarily place a jumper on (or short manually) the CLR jumper . Note that the jumper must be removed for the CIDB to work normally again. 6. If you have an updated BIOS with intrusion support, booting the computer after an intrusion may require a password if configured through BIOS. Normal Clear Clear: Stops the alarm from sounding CLR CLR Enable Disable PHOTO: Enable/Disable the Photo Sensor PHOTO PHOTO 1 1 MS1/MS2: Micro Switches from the chassis panels can be connected here to trigger chassis intrusion. (Only one pair--MS1 or MS2--should be used for switch open detection.) MS1 MS2 VR: Sensitivity adjustment for the photo sensor . (5) is the most sensitive. (0) is the least sensitive. 1 2 3 4 5 0 (not sensitive) best range (sensitive) CR2032 3V Lithium Cell Buzzer MS1 MS2 SWITCH CHASIS CIDBOUT (Reserved) SMBIN SMBOUT CLR PHOTO OR VR Close Open SWITCH Close: Intrusion event triggered if either MS1 or MS2 is closed SWITCH Open: Intrusion event triggered if MS1 and MS2 are opened SWITCH 1 1 SWITCH SMBIN SMBOUT SMBCLK Ground SMBDA T A 5V 1 SMBCLK Ground SMBDA T A 5V 1 SMBIN: Connects to the motherboard âs SMB connector through an SMB cable SMBOUT : Connects to another SMB device (if used) 7. APPENDIX ASUS CIDB
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 131 7 . APPENDIX Glossary 7. APPENDIX 7.4 Glossary 1394 1394 is the IEEE designation for the high performance serial bus at 12.5, 25 or 50MBytes/sec speeds. This serial bus defines both a back plane physical layer and a point-to-point cable-connected virtual bus. The primary application of the cable ver- sion is the integration of I/O connectivity at the back panel of personal computers using a low-cost, scalable, high-speed serial interface. The 1394 standard also pro- vides new services such as live connect/disconnect capability for external devices including disk drives, printers and hand-held peripherals such as scanners and cam- eras. This is a new standard to complement the slower USB interface and to compete with the more expensive SCSI interface. AC97 (Audio Codec '97) AC '97 is the next step in enabling PCs with audio quality comparable to consumer electronics devices. The specification defines new cost-effective options to help in- tegrate the components necessary to support next-generation auto-intensive PC ap- plications such as DVD, 3-D multiplayer gaming and interactive music. The speci- fication also defines new extensions supporting modem and docking to help both desktop and mobile manufacturers adopt these new technologies more quickly and cost-effectively . This specification uses software emulation to compete with the PCI SoundBlaster specification. ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) The ACPI specification defines a cross-platform interface designed to support many operating systems. ACPI defines a flexible and abstract hardware interface that pro- vides a standard way to integrate power management features throughout a PC sys- tem, including hardware, operating system and application software. This enables the system to automatically turn ON and OFF peripherals such as CD-ROMs, net- work cards, hard disk drives, and printers, as well as consumer devices connected to the PC such as VCRs, TVs, phones, and stereos. W ith this technology , peripherals will also be able to activate the PC. For example, inserting a tape into a VCR can turn on the PC, which could then activate a lar ge-screen TV and high-fidelity sound system. AGP (Accelerated Graphics Port) An interface specification that enables high-performance 3D graphics on mainstream PCs. AGP was designed to offer the necessary bandwidth and latency to perform texture mapping directly from system memory . Bus Bus Fr equency Bandwidth Data T ransfer Rate PCI 33MHz 33MHz 133MByte/sec AGP 1X 66MHz 66MHz 266MByte/sec AGP 2X 66MHz 133MHz 512MByte/sec AGP 4X 66MHz 266MHz 1024MByte/sec BIOS (Basic Input/Output System) BIOS is a set of routines that af fect how the computer transfers data between com- puter components, such as memory , disks, and the display adapter . The BIOS in- structions are built into the computer â s read-only memory . BIOS parameters can be configured by the user through the BIOS Setup program. The BIOS can be updated using the provided utility to copy a new BIOS file into the EEPROM. Bit (Binary Digit) Represents the smallest unit of data used by the computer . A bit can have one of two values: 0 or 1.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 132 7. APPENDIX 7. APPENDIX Glossary Boot Boot means to start the computer operating system by loading it into system memory . When the manual instructs you to â bootâ your system (or computer), it means to turn ON your computer . â Rebootâ means to restart your computer . When using W in- dows 95 or later , selecting â Restartâ from âStart | Shut Down... â will reboot your computer . Bus Master IDE PIO (Programmable I/O) IDE requires that the CPU be involved in IDE access and waiting for mechanical events. Bus master IDE transfers data to/from the memory without interrupting the CPU. Bus master IDE driver and bus master IDE hard disk drives are required to support bus master IDE mode. Byte (Binary T erm) One byte is a group of eight contiguous bits. A byte is used to represent a single alphanumeric character , punctuation mark, or other symbol. COM Port COM is a logical device name used by to designate the computer serial ports. Point- ing devices, modems, and infrared modules can be connected to COM ports. Each COM port is configured to use a different IRQ and address assignment. Concurrent PCI Concurrent PCI maximizes system performance with simultaneous CPU, PCI and ISA bus activities. It includes multi-transaction timing, enhanced write performance, a passive release mechanism and support for PCI 2.1 compliant delayed transac- tions. Concurrent PCI provides increased bandwidth, reduced system latencies, im- proves video and audio performance, and improves processing of host based appli- cations. CPU (Central Pr ocessing Unit) The CPU, sometimes called â Processor , â actually functions as the âbrain â of the computer . It interprets and executes program commands and processes data stored in memory . Currently , there are socket 370 (for Pentium III FC-PGA and Celeron- PPGA), socket 7 (for Pentium, AMD, Cyrix, IBM), slot 1 (for Pentium II and III), slot 2 (for Xeon), and slot A (for AMD) processors. Device Driver A device driver is a special set of instructions that allows the computer â s operating system to communicate with devices such as VGA, audio, printer , or modem. DOS (Disk Operating System) DOS is the foundation on which all other programs and software applications oper- ate, including W indows. DOS is responsible for allocating system resources such as memory , CPU time, disk space, and access to peripheral devices. For this reason, DOS constitutes the basic interface between you and your computer . DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory) There are several different types of DRAM such as, EDO DRAM (Extended Data Output DRAM), SDRAM (Synchronous DRAM), and RDRAM (Rambus DRAM). Flash ROM The flash ROM is designed to be a resident program and can be updated by a spe- cific programming method. Normally , the flash ROM is used for system BIOS which initiates hardware devices and sets up necessary parameters for the OS. Since the contents of flash ROM can be modified, users are able to update the BIOS by them- selves. IDE (Integrated Drive Electronics) IDE devices integrate the drive control circuitry directly on the drive itself, elimi- nating the need for a separate adapter card (in the case for SCSI devices). UltraDMA/ 33 IDE devices can achieve up to 33MB/Sec transfer .
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 133 7 . APPENDIX Glossary 7. APPENDIX LPT Port (Line Printer Port) Logical device name reserved by DOS for the computer parallel ports. Each LPT port is configured to use a different IRQ and address assignment. MMX A set of 57 new instructions based on a technique called Single Instruction, Multiple Data (SIMD), which is built into the new Intel Pentium PP/MT (P55C) and Pentium II (Klamath) CPU as well as other x86-compatible microprocessors. The MMX in- structions are designed to accelerate multimedia and communications applications, such as 3D video, 3D sound, video conference. OnNow The OnNow design initiative is a comprehensive, system-wide approach to system and device power control. OnNow is a term for PC that is always ON but appears OFF and responds immediately to user or other requests. The OnNow design initia- tive involves changes that will occur in the Microsoft W indows operating system, device drivers, hardware, and applications, and also relies on the changes defined in the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) specification. PC100 SDRAM is Intel's goal is to ensure that memory subsystems continue to support evolving platform requirements and to assure that memory does not become a bottle- neck to system performance. It is especially important to ensure that the PC memory roadmap evolves together with the performance roadmaps for the processors, I/O and graphics. PCI Bus (Peripheral Component Interconnect Local Bus) PCI bus is a specification that defines a 32-bit data bus interface. PCI is a standard widely used by expansion card manufacturers. PCI Bus Master The PCI Bus Master can perform data transfer without local CPU help and further - more, the CPU can be treated as one of the Bus Masters. PCI 2.1 supports concur- rent PCI operation to allow the local CPU and bus master to work simultaneously . Plug and Play BIOS The ISA bus architecture requires the allocation of memory and I/O address, DMA channels and interrupt levels among multiple ISA cards. However , configuration of ISA cards is typically done with jumpers that change the decode maps for memory and I/O space and steer the DMA and interrupt signals to different pins on the bus. Further , system configuration files may need to be updated to reflect these changes. Users typically resolve sharing conflicts by referring to documentation provided by each manufacturer . For the average user , this configuration process can be unreli- able and frustrating. Plug and play (PnP) BIOS eliminates the ISA add-on card hard- ware conflict problem. The PnP BIOS uses a memory block to define and remember each card's configuration, which allows the user to change the card's IRQs and DMA in BIOS either automatically or manually . POST (Power On Self T est) When you turn ON the computer , it will first run through the POST , a series of software-controlled diagnostic tests. The POST checks system memory , the mother - board circuitry , the display , the keyboard, the diskette drive, and other I/O devices. PS/2 Port PS/2 ports are based on IBM Micro Channel Architecture. This type of architecture transfers data through a 16-bit or 32-bit bus. A PS/2 mouse and/or keyboard may be used on A TX motherboards. RDRAM (Rambus DRAM) Developed by Rambus, Inc., this type of memory can deliver up to 1.6GB of data per second. RDRAM is the first interface standard that can be directly implemented on high performance VLSI components such as, CMOS DRAMs, memory control- lers, and graphics/video ICs.
ASUS CUA User â s Manual 134 7. APPENDIX 7. APPENDIX Glossary ROM (Read Only Memory) ROM is nonvolatile memory used to store permanent programs (called firmware) used in certain computer components. Flash ROM (or EEPROM) can be repro- grammed with new programs (or BIOS). SCSI (Small Computer System Interface) High speed multi-threaded I/O interface defined by the X3T9.2 committee of the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) for connecting many peripheral de- vices. The standard started from 10MBytes/sec to 160MBytes/sec available today . SDRAM (Synchronous DRAM) The SDRAM features a fully synchronous operation referenced to a positive edge clock whereby all operations are synchronized at a clock input which enables the coexistence of high performance and a simple user interface. SDRAM takes memory access away from the CPU's control; internal registers in the chips accept the re- quest, and let the CPU do something else while the data requested is assembled for the next time the CPU talks to the memory . As they work on their own clock cycle, the rest of the system can be clocked faster . There is a version optimized for video cards, and main memory for motherboards. SPD for SDRAM module Serial Presence Detect (SPD) is most like an ID detect for SDRAM module, it using a EEPROM component on DIMM module for storing module configuration infor- mation inside. The Serial Presence Detect function is implemented using a 2048 bit EEPROM component. This nonvolatile storage device contains data programmed by the DIMM manufacturer that identifies the module type and various SDRAM organization and timing parameters. SSE (Streaming SIMD Extensions) A set of new instructions added to existing architectures that enables a better visual experience with an accelerated 3D geometry pipeline and support for new applica- tions, such as real-time video encoding and speech recognition. System Disk A system disk contains the core file of an operating system and is used to boot up the operating system. UltraDMA Ultra DMA/33 is a "synchronous DMA" protocol designed by Intel. This function is included into Intel's PIIX4 chipset. The traditional IDE transfer only uses one edge of the data stroke as the data transfer . Ultra DMA/33 uses both edges of data strobe when the data is transferred. Hence, the data transfer rate is double of the PIO mode 4 or DMA mode 2 (16.6MB/s x2 = 33MB/s) on A T A-2 devices. Ultra A T A/66, also known as Ultra DMA/66, is an extension of current Ultra A T A/ 33 interface. This new high-speed interface has doubled the Ultra A T A/33 burst data transfer rate to 66.6 Mbytes/sec and maximized disk performance under current PCI local bus environment USB (Universal Serial Bus) A 4-pin serial cable bus that allows up to 127 plug and play computer peripherals such as keyboard, mouse, joystick, scanner , printer , modem, and monitor to share a bandwidth through a host scheduled token based protocol. This allows attaching or detaching while the host and other peripherals are in operation. Supports synchro- nous and asynchronous transfer types over the same set of wires up to 12Mbit/sec. USB 2.0 provides twice the transfer rate compared to USB 1.0 and competes with the 1394 standard. W ake-On-LAN Computer will automatically wake-up upon receiving a wake-up packet through a Network interface when it is under power soft-off, suspend or sleep mode.
Visit www .asus.com for updated specifications L8400 Series Compact Professional Notebook PC ⢠14.1â TFT Color Display ⢠450MHz to 700MHz ⢠64MB to 192MB Memory ⢠2X AGP 3D w/8MB VRAM ⢠100MHz Pr ocessor Side Bus M8300/8200 Series Thin & Light Convertible Notebook PC ⢠13.3â or 12.1â TFT Color Display ⢠366MHz to 650MHz ⢠64MB to 192MB Memory ⢠Supports T wo Hard Drives L7300/7200 Series All-in-One Compact Notebook PC ⢠13.3â or 12.1â TFT Color Display ⢠366MHz to 650MHz ⢠64MB to 192MB Memory ® Goes Mobile!
V isit www .asus.com for updated specifications ⢠Supports high speed CD-Audio playback ⢠Supports high speed digital audio extraction ⢠Supports UltraDMA/33 transfer mode ⢠Compatible with all CD formats ⢠Supports multi-read function (CD-R/CD-R W) ® Ultra-Fast CD-ROM ® 8x DVD-ROM Drive ⢠Industry-leading performance for even the most demanding applications ⢠Maximum transfer rate: 8X DVD-ROM / 40X CD-ROM ⢠High speed digital audio extraction ⢠Supports UltraDMA/33 transfer mode ⢠Complies with MPC3 standard ⢠Supports Multi-Read function